canonical.php 0000666 00000070605 15213302760 0007217 0 ustar 00 is_preview = false;
}
}
if ( is_trackback() || is_search() || is_admin() || is_preview() || is_robots() || is_favicon() || ( $is_IIS && ! iis7_supports_permalinks() ) ) {
return;
}
if ( ! $requested_url && isset( $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'] ) ) {
// Build the URL in the address bar.
$requested_url = is_ssl() ? 'https://' : 'http://';
$requested_url .= $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'];
$requested_url .= $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'];
}
$original = @parse_url( $requested_url );
if ( false === $original ) {
return;
}
$redirect = $original;
$redirect_url = false;
// Notice fixing.
if ( ! isset( $redirect['path'] ) ) {
$redirect['path'] = '';
}
if ( ! isset( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
$redirect['query'] = '';
}
/*
* If the original URL ended with non-breaking spaces, they were almost
* certainly inserted by accident. Let's remove them, so the reader doesn't
* see a 404 error with no obvious cause.
*/
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( '|(%C2%A0)+$|i', '', $redirect['path'] );
// It's not a preview, so remove it from URL.
if ( get_query_var( 'preview' ) ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'preview', $redirect['query'] );
}
$id = get_query_var( 'p' );
if ( is_feed() && $id ) {
$redirect_url = get_post_comments_feed_link( $id, get_query_var( 'feed' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'p', 'page_id', 'attachment_id', 'pagename', 'name', 'post_type', 'feed' ), $redirect_url );
$redirect['path'] = parse_url( $redirect_url, PHP_URL_PATH );
}
}
if ( is_singular() && 1 > $wp_query->post_count && $id ) {
$vars = $wpdb->get_results( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT post_type, post_parent FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = %d", $id ) );
if ( ! empty( $vars[0] ) ) {
$vars = $vars[0];
if ( 'revision' == $vars->post_type && $vars->post_parent > 0 ) {
$id = $vars->post_parent;
}
$redirect_url = get_permalink( $id );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'p', 'page_id', 'attachment_id', 'pagename', 'name', 'post_type' ), $redirect_url );
}
}
}
// These tests give us a WP-generated permalink.
if ( is_404() ) {
// Redirect ?page_id, ?p=, ?attachment_id= to their respective URLs.
$id = max( get_query_var( 'p' ), get_query_var( 'page_id' ), get_query_var( 'attachment_id' ) );
$redirect_post = $id ? get_post( $id ) : false;
if ( $redirect_post ) {
$post_type_obj = get_post_type_object( $redirect_post->post_type );
if ( $post_type_obj->public && 'auto-draft' != $redirect_post->post_status ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( $redirect_post );
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'p', 'page_id', 'attachment_id', 'pagename', 'name', 'post_type' ), $redirect_url );
}
}
if ( get_query_var( 'day' ) && get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) && get_query_var( 'year' ) ) {
$year = get_query_var( 'year' );
$month = get_query_var( 'monthnum' );
$day = get_query_var( 'day' );
$date = sprintf( '%04d-%02d-%02d', $year, $month, $day );
if ( ! wp_checkdate( $month, $day, $year, $date ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_month_link( $year, $month );
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'year', 'monthnum', 'day' ), $redirect_url );
}
} elseif ( get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) && get_query_var( 'year' ) && 12 < get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_year_link( get_query_var( 'year' ) );
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'year', 'monthnum' ), $redirect_url );
}
if ( ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = redirect_guess_404_permalink();
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $redirect['query'], array( 'page', 'feed', 'p', 'page_id', 'attachment_id', 'pagename', 'name', 'post_type' ), $redirect_url );
}
}
if ( get_query_var( 'page' ) && $wp_query->post &&
false !== strpos( $wp_query->post->post_content, '' ) ) {
$redirect['path'] = rtrim( $redirect['path'], (int) get_query_var( 'page' ) . '/' );
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'page', $redirect['query'] );
$redirect_url = get_permalink( $wp_query->post->ID );
}
} elseif ( is_object( $wp_rewrite ) && $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() ) {
// Rewriting of old ?p=X, ?m=2004, ?m=200401, ?m=20040101.
if ( is_attachment() &&
! array_diff( array_keys( $wp->query_vars ), array( 'attachment', 'attachment_id' ) ) &&
! $redirect_url ) {
if ( ! empty( $_GET['attachment_id'] ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_attachment_link( get_query_var( 'attachment_id' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'attachment_id', $redirect['query'] );
}
} else {
$redirect_url = get_attachment_link();
}
} elseif ( is_single() && ! empty( $_GET['p'] ) && ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( get_query_var( 'p' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( array( 'p', 'post_type' ), $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_single() && ! empty( $_GET['name'] ) && ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( $wp_query->get_queried_object_id() );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'name', $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_page() && ! empty( $_GET['page_id'] ) && ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( get_query_var( 'page_id' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'page_id', $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_page() && ! is_feed() && 'page' == get_option( 'show_on_front' ) && get_queried_object_id() == get_option( 'page_on_front' ) && ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = home_url( '/' );
} elseif ( is_home() && ! empty( $_GET['page_id'] ) && 'page' == get_option( 'show_on_front' ) && get_query_var( 'page_id' ) == get_option( 'page_for_posts' ) && ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( get_option( 'page_for_posts' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'page_id', $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( ! empty( $_GET['m'] ) && ( is_year() || is_month() || is_day() ) ) {
$m = get_query_var( 'm' );
switch ( strlen( $m ) ) {
case 4: // Yearly.
$redirect_url = get_year_link( $m );
break;
case 6: // Monthly.
$redirect_url = get_month_link( substr( $m, 0, 4 ), substr( $m, 4, 2 ) );
break;
case 8: // Daily.
$redirect_url = get_day_link( substr( $m, 0, 4 ), substr( $m, 4, 2 ), substr( $m, 6, 2 ) );
break;
}
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'm', $redirect['query'] );
}
// Now moving on to non ?m=X year/month/day links.
} elseif ( is_day() && get_query_var( 'year' ) && get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) && ! empty( $_GET['day'] ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_day_link( get_query_var( 'year' ), get_query_var( 'monthnum' ), get_query_var( 'day' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( array( 'year', 'monthnum', 'day' ), $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_month() && get_query_var( 'year' ) && ! empty( $_GET['monthnum'] ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_month_link( get_query_var( 'year' ), get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( array( 'year', 'monthnum' ), $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_year() && ! empty( $_GET['year'] ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_year_link( get_query_var( 'year' ) );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'year', $redirect['query'] );
}
} elseif ( is_author() && ! empty( $_GET['author'] ) && preg_match( '|^[0-9]+$|', $_GET['author'] ) ) {
$author = get_userdata( get_query_var( 'author' ) );
if ( ( false !== $author ) && $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE $wpdb->posts.post_author = %d AND $wpdb->posts.post_status = 'publish' LIMIT 1", $author->ID ) ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_author_posts_url( $author->ID, $author->user_nicename );
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'author', $redirect['query'] );
}
}
} elseif ( is_category() || is_tag() || is_tax() ) { // Terms (tags/categories).
$term_count = 0;
foreach ( $wp_query->tax_query->queried_terms as $tax_query ) {
$term_count += count( $tax_query['terms'] );
}
$obj = $wp_query->get_queried_object();
if ( $term_count <= 1 && ! empty( $obj->term_id ) ) {
$tax_url = get_term_link( (int) $obj->term_id, $obj->taxonomy );
if ( $tax_url && ! is_wp_error( $tax_url ) ) {
if ( ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
// Strip taxonomy query vars off the URL.
$qv_remove = array( 'term', 'taxonomy' );
if ( is_category() ) {
$qv_remove[] = 'category_name';
$qv_remove[] = 'cat';
} elseif ( is_tag() ) {
$qv_remove[] = 'tag';
$qv_remove[] = 'tag_id';
} else {
// Custom taxonomies will have a custom query var, remove those too.
$tax_obj = get_taxonomy( $obj->taxonomy );
if ( false !== $tax_obj->query_var ) {
$qv_remove[] = $tax_obj->query_var;
}
}
$rewrite_vars = array_diff( array_keys( $wp_query->query ), array_keys( $_GET ) );
// Check to see if all the query vars are coming from the rewrite, none are set via $_GET.
if ( ! array_diff( $rewrite_vars, array_keys( $_GET ) ) ) {
// Remove all of the per-tax query vars.
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( $qv_remove, $redirect['query'] );
// Create the destination URL for this taxonomy.
$tax_url = parse_url( $tax_url );
if ( ! empty( $tax_url['query'] ) ) {
// Taxonomy accessible via ?taxonomy=...&term=... or any custom query var.
parse_str( $tax_url['query'], $query_vars );
$redirect['query'] = add_query_arg( $query_vars, $redirect['query'] );
} else {
// Taxonomy is accessible via a "pretty URL".
$redirect['path'] = $tax_url['path'];
}
} else {
// Some query vars are set via $_GET. Unset those from $_GET that exist via the rewrite.
foreach ( $qv_remove as $_qv ) {
if ( isset( $rewrite_vars[ $_qv ] ) ) {
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( $_qv, $redirect['query'] );
}
}
}
}
}
}
} elseif ( is_single() && strpos( $wp_rewrite->permalink_structure, '%category%' ) !== false ) {
$cat = get_query_var( 'category_name' );
if ( $cat ) {
$category = get_category_by_path( $cat );
if ( ( ! $category || is_wp_error( $category ) ) || ! has_term( $category->term_id, 'category', $wp_query->get_queried_object_id() ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( $wp_query->get_queried_object_id() );
}
}
}
// Post paging.
if ( is_singular() && get_query_var( 'page' ) ) {
if ( ! $redirect_url ) {
$redirect_url = get_permalink( get_queried_object_id() );
}
$page = get_query_var( 'page' );
if ( $page > 1 ) {
if ( is_front_page() ) {
$redirect_url = trailingslashit( $redirect_url ) . user_trailingslashit( "$wp_rewrite->pagination_base/$page", 'paged' );
} else {
$redirect_url = trailingslashit( $redirect_url ) . user_trailingslashit( $page, 'single_paged' );
}
}
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'page', $redirect['query'] );
}
// Paging and feeds.
if ( get_query_var( 'paged' ) || is_feed() || get_query_var( 'cpage' ) ) {
while ( preg_match( "#/$wp_rewrite->pagination_base/?[0-9]+?(/+)?$#", $redirect['path'] ) || preg_match( '#/(comments/?)?(feed|rss|rdf|atom|rss2)(/+)?$#', $redirect['path'] ) || preg_match( "#/{$wp_rewrite->comments_pagination_base}-[0-9]+(/+)?$#", $redirect['path'] ) ) {
// Strip off paging and feed.
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( "#/$wp_rewrite->pagination_base/?[0-9]+?(/+)?$#", '/', $redirect['path'] ); // Strip off any existing paging.
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( '#/(comments/?)?(feed|rss2?|rdf|atom)(/+|$)#', '/', $redirect['path'] ); // Strip off feed endings.
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( "#/{$wp_rewrite->comments_pagination_base}-[0-9]+?(/+)?$#", '/', $redirect['path'] ); // Strip off any existing comment paging.
}
$addl_path = '';
if ( is_feed() && in_array( get_query_var( 'feed' ), $wp_rewrite->feeds ) ) {
$addl_path = ! empty( $addl_path ) ? trailingslashit( $addl_path ) : '';
if ( ! is_singular() && get_query_var( 'withcomments' ) ) {
$addl_path .= 'comments/';
}
if ( ( 'rss' == get_default_feed() && 'feed' == get_query_var( 'feed' ) ) || 'rss' == get_query_var( 'feed' ) ) {
$addl_path .= user_trailingslashit( 'feed/' . ( ( get_default_feed() == 'rss2' ) ? '' : 'rss2' ), 'feed' );
} else {
$addl_path .= user_trailingslashit( 'feed/' . ( ( get_default_feed() == get_query_var( 'feed' ) || 'feed' == get_query_var( 'feed' ) ) ? '' : get_query_var( 'feed' ) ), 'feed' );
}
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'feed', $redirect['query'] );
} elseif ( is_feed() && 'old' == get_query_var( 'feed' ) ) {
$old_feed_files = array(
'wp-atom.php' => 'atom',
'wp-commentsrss2.php' => 'comments_rss2',
'wp-feed.php' => get_default_feed(),
'wp-rdf.php' => 'rdf',
'wp-rss.php' => 'rss2',
'wp-rss2.php' => 'rss2',
);
if ( isset( $old_feed_files[ basename( $redirect['path'] ) ] ) ) {
$redirect_url = get_feed_link( $old_feed_files[ basename( $redirect['path'] ) ] );
wp_redirect( $redirect_url, 301 );
die();
}
}
if ( get_query_var( 'paged' ) > 0 ) {
$paged = get_query_var( 'paged' );
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'paged', $redirect['query'] );
if ( ! is_feed() ) {
if ( $paged > 1 && ! is_single() ) {
$addl_path = ( ! empty( $addl_path ) ? trailingslashit( $addl_path ) : '' ) . user_trailingslashit( "$wp_rewrite->pagination_base/$paged", 'paged' );
} elseif ( ! is_single() ) {
$addl_path = ! empty( $addl_path ) ? trailingslashit( $addl_path ) : '';
}
} elseif ( $paged > 1 ) {
$redirect['query'] = add_query_arg( 'paged', $paged, $redirect['query'] );
}
}
if ( get_option( 'page_comments' ) && (
( 'newest' == get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) && get_query_var( 'cpage' ) > 0 ) ||
( 'newest' != get_option( 'default_comments_page' ) && get_query_var( 'cpage' ) > 1 )
) ) {
$addl_path = ( ! empty( $addl_path ) ? trailingslashit( $addl_path ) : '' ) . user_trailingslashit( $wp_rewrite->comments_pagination_base . '-' . get_query_var( 'cpage' ), 'commentpaged' );
$redirect['query'] = remove_query_arg( 'cpage', $redirect['query'] );
}
$redirect['path'] = user_trailingslashit( preg_replace( '|/' . preg_quote( $wp_rewrite->index, '|' ) . '/?$|', '/', $redirect['path'] ) ); // Strip off trailing /index.php/.
if ( ! empty( $addl_path ) && $wp_rewrite->using_index_permalinks() && strpos( $redirect['path'], '/' . $wp_rewrite->index . '/' ) === false ) {
$redirect['path'] = trailingslashit( $redirect['path'] ) . $wp_rewrite->index . '/';
}
if ( ! empty( $addl_path ) ) {
$redirect['path'] = trailingslashit( $redirect['path'] ) . $addl_path;
}
$redirect_url = $redirect['scheme'] . '://' . $redirect['host'] . $redirect['path'];
}
if ( 'wp-register.php' == basename( $redirect['path'] ) ) {
if ( is_multisite() ) {
/** This filter is documented in wp-login.php */
$redirect_url = apply_filters( 'wp_signup_location', network_site_url( 'wp-signup.php' ) );
} else {
$redirect_url = wp_registration_url();
}
wp_redirect( $redirect_url, 301 );
die();
}
}
// Tack on any additional query vars.
$redirect['query'] = preg_replace( '#^\??&*?#', '', $redirect['query'] );
if ( $redirect_url && ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
parse_str( $redirect['query'], $_parsed_query );
$redirect = @parse_url( $redirect_url );
if ( ! empty( $_parsed_query['name'] ) && ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
parse_str( $redirect['query'], $_parsed_redirect_query );
if ( empty( $_parsed_redirect_query['name'] ) ) {
unset( $_parsed_query['name'] );
}
}
$_parsed_query = array_combine(
rawurlencode_deep( array_keys( $_parsed_query ) ),
rawurlencode_deep( array_values( $_parsed_query ) )
);
$redirect_url = add_query_arg( $_parsed_query, $redirect_url );
}
if ( $redirect_url ) {
$redirect = @parse_url( $redirect_url );
}
// www.example.com vs. example.com
$user_home = @parse_url( home_url() );
if ( ! empty( $user_home['host'] ) ) {
$redirect['host'] = $user_home['host'];
}
if ( empty( $user_home['path'] ) ) {
$user_home['path'] = '/';
}
// Handle ports.
if ( ! empty( $user_home['port'] ) ) {
$redirect['port'] = $user_home['port'];
} else {
unset( $redirect['port'] );
}
// Trailing /index.php.
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( '|/' . preg_quote( $wp_rewrite->index, '|' ) . '/*?$|', '/', $redirect['path'] );
$punctuation_pattern = implode(
'|',
array_map(
'preg_quote',
array(
' ',
'%20', // Space.
'!',
'%21', // Exclamation mark.
'"',
'%22', // Double quote.
"'",
'%27', // Single quote.
'(',
'%28', // Opening bracket.
')',
'%29', // Closing bracket.
',',
'%2C', // Comma.
'.',
'%2E', // Period.
';',
'%3B', // Semicolon.
'{',
'%7B', // Opening curly bracket.
'}',
'%7D', // Closing curly bracket.
'%E2%80%9C', // Opening curly quote.
'%E2%80%9D', // Closing curly quote.
)
)
);
// Remove trailing spaces and end punctuation from the path.
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( "#($punctuation_pattern)+$#", '', $redirect['path'] );
if ( ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
// Remove trailing spaces and end punctuation from certain terminating query string args.
$redirect['query'] = preg_replace( "#((^|&)(p|page_id|cat|tag)=[^&]*?)($punctuation_pattern)+$#", '$1', $redirect['query'] );
// Clean up empty query strings.
$redirect['query'] = trim( preg_replace( '#(^|&)(p|page_id|cat|tag)=?(&|$)#', '&', $redirect['query'] ), '&' );
// Redirect obsolete feeds.
$redirect['query'] = preg_replace( '#(^|&)feed=rss(&|$)#', '$1feed=rss2$2', $redirect['query'] );
// Remove redundant leading ampersands.
$redirect['query'] = preg_replace( '#^\??&*?#', '', $redirect['query'] );
}
// Strip /index.php/ when we're not using PATHINFO permalinks.
if ( ! $wp_rewrite->using_index_permalinks() ) {
$redirect['path'] = str_replace( '/' . $wp_rewrite->index . '/', '/', $redirect['path'] );
}
// Trailing slashes.
if ( is_object( $wp_rewrite ) && $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() && ! is_404() && ( ! is_front_page() || ( is_front_page() && ( get_query_var( 'paged' ) > 1 ) ) ) ) {
$user_ts_type = '';
if ( get_query_var( 'paged' ) > 0 ) {
$user_ts_type = 'paged';
} else {
foreach ( array( 'single', 'category', 'page', 'day', 'month', 'year', 'home' ) as $type ) {
$func = 'is_' . $type;
if ( call_user_func( $func ) ) {
$user_ts_type = $type;
break;
}
}
}
$redirect['path'] = user_trailingslashit( $redirect['path'], $user_ts_type );
} elseif ( is_front_page() ) {
$redirect['path'] = trailingslashit( $redirect['path'] );
}
// Strip multiple slashes out of the URL.
if ( strpos( $redirect['path'], '//' ) > -1 ) {
$redirect['path'] = preg_replace( '|/+|', '/', $redirect['path'] );
}
// Always trailing slash the Front Page URL.
if ( trailingslashit( $redirect['path'] ) == trailingslashit( $user_home['path'] ) ) {
$redirect['path'] = trailingslashit( $redirect['path'] );
}
// Ignore differences in host capitalization, as this can lead to infinite redirects.
// Only redirect no-www <=> yes-www.
if ( strtolower( $original['host'] ) == strtolower( $redirect['host'] ) ||
( strtolower( $original['host'] ) != 'www.' . strtolower( $redirect['host'] ) && 'www.' . strtolower( $original['host'] ) != strtolower( $redirect['host'] ) ) ) {
$redirect['host'] = $original['host'];
}
$compare_original = array( $original['host'], $original['path'] );
if ( ! empty( $original['port'] ) ) {
$compare_original[] = $original['port'];
}
if ( ! empty( $original['query'] ) ) {
$compare_original[] = $original['query'];
}
$compare_redirect = array( $redirect['host'], $redirect['path'] );
if ( ! empty( $redirect['port'] ) ) {
$compare_redirect[] = $redirect['port'];
}
if ( ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
$compare_redirect[] = $redirect['query'];
}
if ( $compare_original !== $compare_redirect ) {
$redirect_url = $redirect['scheme'] . '://' . $redirect['host'];
if ( ! empty( $redirect['port'] ) ) {
$redirect_url .= ':' . $redirect['port'];
}
$redirect_url .= $redirect['path'];
if ( ! empty( $redirect['query'] ) ) {
$redirect_url .= '?' . $redirect['query'];
}
}
if ( ! $redirect_url || $redirect_url == $requested_url ) {
return;
}
// Hex encoded octets are case-insensitive.
if ( false !== strpos( $requested_url, '%' ) ) {
if ( ! function_exists( 'lowercase_octets' ) ) {
/**
* Converts the first hex-encoded octet match to lowercase.
*
* @since 3.1.0
* @ignore
*
* @param array $matches Hex-encoded octet matches for the requested URL.
* @return string Lowercased version of the first match.
*/
function lowercase_octets( $matches ) {
return strtolower( $matches[0] );
}
}
$requested_url = preg_replace_callback( '|%[a-fA-F0-9][a-fA-F0-9]|', 'lowercase_octets', $requested_url );
}
/**
* Filters the canonical redirect URL.
*
* Returning false to this filter will cancel the redirect.
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @param string $redirect_url The redirect URL.
* @param string $requested_url The requested URL.
*/
$redirect_url = apply_filters( 'redirect_canonical', $redirect_url, $requested_url );
// Yes, again -- in case the filter aborted the request.
if ( ! $redirect_url || strip_fragment_from_url( $redirect_url ) == strip_fragment_from_url( $requested_url ) ) {
return;
}
if ( $do_redirect ) {
// Protect against chained redirects.
if ( ! redirect_canonical( $redirect_url, false ) ) {
wp_redirect( $redirect_url, 301 );
exit();
} else {
// Debug.
// die("1: $redirect_url
2: " . redirect_canonical( $redirect_url, false ) );
return;
}
} else {
return $redirect_url;
}
}
/**
* Removes arguments from a query string if they are not present in a URL
* DO NOT use this in plugin code.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @access private
*
* @param string $query_string
* @param array $args_to_check
* @param string $url
* @return string The altered query string
*/
function _remove_qs_args_if_not_in_url( $query_string, array $args_to_check, $url ) {
$parsed_url = @parse_url( $url );
if ( ! empty( $parsed_url['query'] ) ) {
parse_str( $parsed_url['query'], $parsed_query );
foreach ( $args_to_check as $qv ) {
if ( ! isset( $parsed_query[ $qv ] ) ) {
$query_string = remove_query_arg( $qv, $query_string );
}
}
} else {
$query_string = remove_query_arg( $args_to_check, $query_string );
}
return $query_string;
}
/**
* Strips the #fragment from a URL, if one is present.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $url The URL to strip.
* @return string The altered URL.
*/
function strip_fragment_from_url( $url ) {
$parsed_url = @parse_url( $url );
if ( ! empty( $parsed_url['host'] ) ) {
// This mirrors code in redirect_canonical(). It does not handle every case.
$url = $parsed_url['scheme'] . '://' . $parsed_url['host'];
if ( ! empty( $parsed_url['port'] ) ) {
$url .= ':' . $parsed_url['port'];
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_url['path'] ) ) {
$url .= $parsed_url['path'];
}
if ( ! empty( $parsed_url['query'] ) ) {
$url .= '?' . $parsed_url['query'];
}
}
return $url;
}
/**
* Attempts to guess the correct URL based on query vars
*
* @since 2.3.0
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @return string|false The correct URL if one is found. False on failure.
*/
function redirect_guess_404_permalink() {
global $wpdb;
if ( get_query_var( 'name' ) ) {
$where = $wpdb->prepare( 'post_name LIKE %s', $wpdb->esc_like( get_query_var( 'name' ) ) . '%' );
// If any of post_type, year, monthnum, or day are set, use them to refine the query.
if ( get_query_var( 'post_type' ) ) {
$where .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND post_type = %s', get_query_var( 'post_type' ) );
} else {
$where .= " AND post_type IN ('" . implode( "', '", get_post_types( array( 'public' => true ) ) ) . "')";
}
if ( get_query_var( 'year' ) ) {
$where .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND YEAR(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'year' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) ) {
$where .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND MONTH(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'day' ) ) {
$where .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND DAYOFMONTH(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'day' ) );
}
$post_id = $wpdb->get_var( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts WHERE $where AND post_status = 'publish'" );
if ( ! $post_id ) {
return false;
}
if ( get_query_var( 'feed' ) ) {
return get_post_comments_feed_link( $post_id, get_query_var( 'feed' ) );
} elseif ( get_query_var( 'page' ) && 1 < get_query_var( 'page' ) ) {
return trailingslashit( get_permalink( $post_id ) ) . user_trailingslashit( get_query_var( 'page' ), 'single_paged' );
} else {
return get_permalink( $post_id );
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Redirects a variety of shorthand URLs to the admin.
*
* If a user visits example.com/admin, they'll be redirected to /wp-admin.
* Visiting /login redirects to /wp-login.php, and so on.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global WP_Rewrite $wp_rewrite WordPress rewrite component.
*/
function wp_redirect_admin_locations() {
global $wp_rewrite;
if ( ! ( is_404() && $wp_rewrite->using_permalinks() ) ) {
return;
}
$admins = array(
home_url( 'wp-admin', 'relative' ),
home_url( 'dashboard', 'relative' ),
home_url( 'admin', 'relative' ),
site_url( 'dashboard', 'relative' ),
site_url( 'admin', 'relative' ),
);
if ( in_array( untrailingslashit( $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'] ), $admins ) ) {
wp_redirect( admin_url() );
exit;
}
$logins = array(
home_url( 'wp-login.php', 'relative' ),
home_url( 'login', 'relative' ),
site_url( 'login', 'relative' ),
);
if ( in_array( untrailingslashit( $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'] ), $logins ) ) {
wp_redirect( wp_login_url() );
exit;
}
}
theme.php 0000666 00000314762 15213302760 0006377 0 ustar 00 false,
'allowed' => null,
'blog_id' => 0,
);
$args = wp_parse_args( $args, $defaults );
$theme_directories = search_theme_directories();
if ( is_array( $wp_theme_directories ) && count( $wp_theme_directories ) > 1 ) {
// Make sure the current theme wins out, in case search_theme_directories() picks the wrong
// one in the case of a conflict. (Normally, last registered theme root wins.)
$current_theme = get_stylesheet();
if ( isset( $theme_directories[ $current_theme ] ) ) {
$root_of_current_theme = get_raw_theme_root( $current_theme );
if ( ! in_array( $root_of_current_theme, $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
$root_of_current_theme = WP_CONTENT_DIR . $root_of_current_theme;
}
$theme_directories[ $current_theme ]['theme_root'] = $root_of_current_theme;
}
}
if ( empty( $theme_directories ) ) {
return array();
}
if ( is_multisite() && null !== $args['allowed'] ) {
$allowed = $args['allowed'];
if ( 'network' === $allowed ) {
$theme_directories = array_intersect_key( $theme_directories, WP_Theme::get_allowed_on_network() );
} elseif ( 'site' === $allowed ) {
$theme_directories = array_intersect_key( $theme_directories, WP_Theme::get_allowed_on_site( $args['blog_id'] ) );
} elseif ( $allowed ) {
$theme_directories = array_intersect_key( $theme_directories, WP_Theme::get_allowed( $args['blog_id'] ) );
} else {
$theme_directories = array_diff_key( $theme_directories, WP_Theme::get_allowed( $args['blog_id'] ) );
}
}
$themes = array();
static $_themes = array();
foreach ( $theme_directories as $theme => $theme_root ) {
if ( isset( $_themes[ $theme_root['theme_root'] . '/' . $theme ] ) ) {
$themes[ $theme ] = $_themes[ $theme_root['theme_root'] . '/' . $theme ];
} else {
$themes[ $theme ] = new WP_Theme( $theme, $theme_root['theme_root'] );
$_themes[ $theme_root['theme_root'] . '/' . $theme ] = $themes[ $theme ];
}
}
if ( null !== $args['errors'] ) {
foreach ( $themes as $theme => $wp_theme ) {
if ( $wp_theme->errors() != $args['errors'] ) {
unset( $themes[ $theme ] );
}
}
}
return $themes;
}
/**
* Gets a WP_Theme object for a theme.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param string $stylesheet Directory name for the theme. Optional. Defaults to current theme.
* @param string $theme_root Absolute path of the theme root to look in. Optional. If not specified, get_raw_theme_root()
* is used to calculate the theme root for the $stylesheet provided (or current theme).
* @return WP_Theme Theme object. Be sure to check the object's exists() method if you need to confirm the theme's existence.
*/
function wp_get_theme( $stylesheet = '', $theme_root = '' ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( empty( $stylesheet ) ) {
$stylesheet = get_stylesheet();
}
if ( empty( $theme_root ) ) {
$theme_root = get_raw_theme_root( $stylesheet );
if ( false === $theme_root ) {
$theme_root = WP_CONTENT_DIR . '/themes';
} elseif ( ! in_array( $theme_root, (array) $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
$theme_root = WP_CONTENT_DIR . $theme_root;
}
}
return new WP_Theme( $stylesheet, $theme_root );
}
/**
* Clears the cache held by get_theme_roots() and WP_Theme.
*
* @since 3.5.0
* @param bool $clear_update_cache Whether to clear the Theme updates cache
*/
function wp_clean_themes_cache( $clear_update_cache = true ) {
if ( $clear_update_cache ) {
delete_site_transient( 'update_themes' );
}
search_theme_directories( true );
foreach ( wp_get_themes( array( 'errors' => null ) ) as $theme ) {
$theme->cache_delete();
}
}
/**
* Whether a child theme is in use.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @return bool true if a child theme is in use, false otherwise.
*/
function is_child_theme() {
return ( TEMPLATEPATH !== STYLESHEETPATH );
}
/**
* Retrieve name of the current stylesheet.
*
* The theme name that the administrator has currently set the front end theme
* as.
*
* For all intents and purposes, the template name and the stylesheet name are
* going to be the same for most cases.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string Stylesheet name.
*/
function get_stylesheet() {
/**
* Filters the name of current stylesheet.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet Name of the current stylesheet.
*/
return apply_filters( 'stylesheet', get_option( 'stylesheet' ) );
}
/**
* Retrieve stylesheet directory path for current theme.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string Path to current theme directory.
*/
function get_stylesheet_directory() {
$stylesheet = get_stylesheet();
$theme_root = get_theme_root( $stylesheet );
$stylesheet_dir = "$theme_root/$stylesheet";
/**
* Filters the stylesheet directory path for current theme.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet_dir Absolute path to the current theme.
* @param string $stylesheet Directory name of the current theme.
* @param string $theme_root Absolute path to themes directory.
*/
return apply_filters( 'stylesheet_directory', $stylesheet_dir, $stylesheet, $theme_root );
}
/**
* Retrieve stylesheet directory URI.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string
*/
function get_stylesheet_directory_uri() {
$stylesheet = str_replace( '%2F', '/', rawurlencode( get_stylesheet() ) );
$theme_root_uri = get_theme_root_uri( $stylesheet );
$stylesheet_dir_uri = "$theme_root_uri/$stylesheet";
/**
* Filters the stylesheet directory URI.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet_dir_uri Stylesheet directory URI.
* @param string $stylesheet Name of the activated theme's directory.
* @param string $theme_root_uri Themes root URI.
*/
return apply_filters( 'stylesheet_directory_uri', $stylesheet_dir_uri, $stylesheet, $theme_root_uri );
}
/**
* Retrieves the URI of current theme stylesheet.
*
* The stylesheet file name is 'style.css' which is appended to the stylesheet directory URI path.
* See get_stylesheet_directory_uri().
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string
*/
function get_stylesheet_uri() {
$stylesheet_dir_uri = get_stylesheet_directory_uri();
$stylesheet_uri = $stylesheet_dir_uri . '/style.css';
/**
* Filters the URI of the current theme stylesheet.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet_uri Stylesheet URI for the current theme/child theme.
* @param string $stylesheet_dir_uri Stylesheet directory URI for the current theme/child theme.
*/
return apply_filters( 'stylesheet_uri', $stylesheet_uri, $stylesheet_dir_uri );
}
/**
* Retrieves the localized stylesheet URI.
*
* The stylesheet directory for the localized stylesheet files are located, by
* default, in the base theme directory. The name of the locale file will be the
* locale followed by '.css'. If that does not exist, then the text direction
* stylesheet will be checked for existence, for example 'ltr.css'.
*
* The theme may change the location of the stylesheet directory by either using
* the {@see 'stylesheet_directory_uri'} or {@see 'locale_stylesheet_uri'} filters.
*
* If you want to change the location of the stylesheet files for the entire
* WordPress workflow, then change the former. If you just have the locale in a
* separate folder, then change the latter.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @global WP_Locale $wp_locale WordPress date and time locale object.
*
* @return string
*/
function get_locale_stylesheet_uri() {
global $wp_locale;
$stylesheet_dir_uri = get_stylesheet_directory_uri();
$dir = get_stylesheet_directory();
$locale = get_locale();
if ( file_exists( "$dir/$locale.css" ) ) {
$stylesheet_uri = "$stylesheet_dir_uri/$locale.css";
} elseif ( ! empty( $wp_locale->text_direction ) && file_exists( "$dir/{$wp_locale->text_direction}.css" ) ) {
$stylesheet_uri = "$stylesheet_dir_uri/{$wp_locale->text_direction}.css";
} else {
$stylesheet_uri = '';
}
/**
* Filters the localized stylesheet URI.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet_uri Localized stylesheet URI.
* @param string $stylesheet_dir_uri Stylesheet directory URI.
*/
return apply_filters( 'locale_stylesheet_uri', $stylesheet_uri, $stylesheet_dir_uri );
}
/**
* Retrieve name of the current theme.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string Template name.
*/
function get_template() {
/**
* Filters the name of the current theme.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $template Current theme's directory name.
*/
return apply_filters( 'template', get_option( 'template' ) );
}
/**
* Retrieve current theme directory.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string Template directory path.
*/
function get_template_directory() {
$template = get_template();
$theme_root = get_theme_root( $template );
$template_dir = "$theme_root/$template";
/**
* Filters the current theme directory path.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $template_dir The URI of the current theme directory.
* @param string $template Directory name of the current theme.
* @param string $theme_root Absolute path to the themes directory.
*/
return apply_filters( 'template_directory', $template_dir, $template, $theme_root );
}
/**
* Retrieve theme directory URI.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @return string Template directory URI.
*/
function get_template_directory_uri() {
$template = str_replace( '%2F', '/', rawurlencode( get_template() ) );
$theme_root_uri = get_theme_root_uri( $template );
$template_dir_uri = "$theme_root_uri/$template";
/**
* Filters the current theme directory URI.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $template_dir_uri The URI of the current theme directory.
* @param string $template Directory name of the current theme.
* @param string $theme_root_uri The themes root URI.
*/
return apply_filters( 'template_directory_uri', $template_dir_uri, $template, $theme_root_uri );
}
/**
* Retrieve theme roots.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @return array|string An array of theme roots keyed by template/stylesheet or a single theme root if all themes have the same root.
*/
function get_theme_roots() {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( ! is_array( $wp_theme_directories ) || count( $wp_theme_directories ) <= 1 ) {
return '/themes';
}
$theme_roots = get_site_transient( 'theme_roots' );
if ( false === $theme_roots ) {
search_theme_directories( true ); // Regenerate the transient.
$theme_roots = get_site_transient( 'theme_roots' );
}
return $theme_roots;
}
/**
* Register a directory that contains themes.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param string $directory Either the full filesystem path to a theme folder or a folder within WP_CONTENT_DIR
* @return bool
*/
function register_theme_directory( $directory ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( ! file_exists( $directory ) ) {
// Try prepending as the theme directory could be relative to the content directory.
$directory = WP_CONTENT_DIR . '/' . $directory;
// If this directory does not exist, return and do not register.
if ( ! file_exists( $directory ) ) {
return false;
}
}
if ( ! is_array( $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
$wp_theme_directories = array();
}
$untrailed = untrailingslashit( $directory );
if ( ! empty( $untrailed ) && ! in_array( $untrailed, $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
$wp_theme_directories[] = $untrailed;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Search all registered theme directories for complete and valid themes.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
* @staticvar array $found_themes
*
* @param bool $force Optional. Whether to force a new directory scan. Defaults to false.
* @return array|false Valid themes found
*/
function search_theme_directories( $force = false ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
static $found_themes = null;
if ( empty( $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! $force && isset( $found_themes ) ) {
return $found_themes;
}
$found_themes = array();
$wp_theme_directories = (array) $wp_theme_directories;
$relative_theme_roots = array();
/*
* Set up maybe-relative, maybe-absolute array of theme directories.
* We always want to return absolute, but we need to cache relative
* to use in get_theme_root().
*/
foreach ( $wp_theme_directories as $theme_root ) {
if ( 0 === strpos( $theme_root, WP_CONTENT_DIR ) ) {
$relative_theme_roots[ str_replace( WP_CONTENT_DIR, '', $theme_root ) ] = $theme_root;
} else {
$relative_theme_roots[ $theme_root ] = $theme_root;
}
}
/**
* Filters whether to get the cache of the registered theme directories.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param bool $cache_expiration Whether to get the cache of the theme directories. Default false.
* @param string $cache_directory Directory to be searched for the cache.
*/
$cache_expiration = apply_filters( 'wp_cache_themes_persistently', false, 'search_theme_directories' );
if ( $cache_expiration ) {
$cached_roots = get_site_transient( 'theme_roots' );
if ( is_array( $cached_roots ) ) {
foreach ( $cached_roots as $theme_dir => $theme_root ) {
// A cached theme root is no longer around, so skip it.
if ( ! isset( $relative_theme_roots[ $theme_root ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$found_themes[ $theme_dir ] = array(
'theme_file' => $theme_dir . '/style.css',
'theme_root' => $relative_theme_roots[ $theme_root ], // Convert relative to absolute.
);
}
return $found_themes;
}
if ( ! is_int( $cache_expiration ) ) {
$cache_expiration = 30 * MINUTE_IN_SECONDS;
}
} else {
$cache_expiration = 30 * MINUTE_IN_SECONDS;
}
/* Loop the registered theme directories and extract all themes */
foreach ( $wp_theme_directories as $theme_root ) {
// Start with directories in the root of the current theme directory.
$dirs = @ scandir( $theme_root );
if ( ! $dirs ) {
trigger_error( "$theme_root is not readable", E_USER_NOTICE );
continue;
}
foreach ( $dirs as $dir ) {
if ( ! is_dir( $theme_root . '/' . $dir ) || '.' === $dir[0] || 'CVS' === $dir ) {
continue;
}
if ( file_exists( $theme_root . '/' . $dir . '/style.css' ) ) {
// wp-content/themes/a-single-theme
// wp-content/themes is $theme_root, a-single-theme is $dir.
$found_themes[ $dir ] = array(
'theme_file' => $dir . '/style.css',
'theme_root' => $theme_root,
);
} else {
$found_theme = false;
// wp-content/themes/a-folder-of-themes/*
// wp-content/themes is $theme_root, a-folder-of-themes is $dir, then themes are $sub_dirs.
$sub_dirs = @ scandir( $theme_root . '/' . $dir );
if ( ! $sub_dirs ) {
trigger_error( "$theme_root/$dir is not readable", E_USER_NOTICE );
continue;
}
foreach ( $sub_dirs as $sub_dir ) {
if ( ! is_dir( $theme_root . '/' . $dir . '/' . $sub_dir ) || '.' === $dir[0] || 'CVS' === $dir ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! file_exists( $theme_root . '/' . $dir . '/' . $sub_dir . '/style.css' ) ) {
continue;
}
$found_themes[ $dir . '/' . $sub_dir ] = array(
'theme_file' => $dir . '/' . $sub_dir . '/style.css',
'theme_root' => $theme_root,
);
$found_theme = true;
}
// Never mind the above, it's just a theme missing a style.css.
// Return it; WP_Theme will catch the error.
if ( ! $found_theme ) {
$found_themes[ $dir ] = array(
'theme_file' => $dir . '/style.css',
'theme_root' => $theme_root,
);
}
}
}
}
asort( $found_themes );
$theme_roots = array();
$relative_theme_roots = array_flip( $relative_theme_roots );
foreach ( $found_themes as $theme_dir => $theme_data ) {
$theme_roots[ $theme_dir ] = $relative_theme_roots[ $theme_data['theme_root'] ]; // Convert absolute to relative.
}
if ( get_site_transient( 'theme_roots' ) != $theme_roots ) {
set_site_transient( 'theme_roots', $theme_roots, $cache_expiration );
}
return $found_themes;
}
/**
* Retrieve path to themes directory.
*
* Does not have trailing slash.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param string $stylesheet_or_template Optional. The stylesheet or template name of the theme.
* Default is to leverage the main theme root.
* @return string Themes directory path.
*/
function get_theme_root( $stylesheet_or_template = '' ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
$theme_root = '';
if ( $stylesheet_or_template ) {
$theme_root = get_raw_theme_root( $stylesheet_or_template );
if ( $theme_root ) {
// Always prepend WP_CONTENT_DIR unless the root currently registered as a theme directory.
// This gives relative theme roots the benefit of the doubt when things go haywire.
if ( ! in_array( $theme_root, (array) $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
$theme_root = WP_CONTENT_DIR . $theme_root;
}
}
}
if ( ! $theme_root ) {
$theme_root = WP_CONTENT_DIR . '/themes';
}
/**
* Filters the absolute path to the themes directory.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $theme_root Absolute path to themes directory.
*/
return apply_filters( 'theme_root', $theme_root );
}
/**
* Retrieve URI for themes directory.
*
* Does not have trailing slash.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param string $stylesheet_or_template Optional. The stylesheet or template name of the theme.
* Default is to leverage the main theme root.
* @param string $theme_root Optional. The theme root for which calculations will be based,
* preventing the need for a get_raw_theme_root() call. Default empty.
* @return string Themes directory URI.
*/
function get_theme_root_uri( $stylesheet_or_template = '', $theme_root = '' ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( $stylesheet_or_template && ! $theme_root ) {
$theme_root = get_raw_theme_root( $stylesheet_or_template );
}
if ( $stylesheet_or_template && $theme_root ) {
if ( in_array( $theme_root, (array) $wp_theme_directories ) ) {
// Absolute path. Make an educated guess. YMMV -- but note the filter below.
if ( 0 === strpos( $theme_root, WP_CONTENT_DIR ) ) {
$theme_root_uri = content_url( str_replace( WP_CONTENT_DIR, '', $theme_root ) );
} elseif ( 0 === strpos( $theme_root, ABSPATH ) ) {
$theme_root_uri = site_url( str_replace( ABSPATH, '', $theme_root ) );
} elseif ( 0 === strpos( $theme_root, WP_PLUGIN_DIR ) || 0 === strpos( $theme_root, WPMU_PLUGIN_DIR ) ) {
$theme_root_uri = plugins_url( basename( $theme_root ), $theme_root );
} else {
$theme_root_uri = $theme_root;
}
} else {
$theme_root_uri = content_url( $theme_root );
}
} else {
$theme_root_uri = content_url( 'themes' );
}
/**
* Filters the URI for themes directory.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @param string $theme_root_uri The URI for themes directory.
* @param string $siteurl WordPress web address which is set in General Options.
* @param string $stylesheet_or_template The stylesheet or template name of the theme.
*/
return apply_filters( 'theme_root_uri', $theme_root_uri, get_option( 'siteurl' ), $stylesheet_or_template );
}
/**
* Get the raw theme root relative to the content directory with no filters applied.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
*
* @param string $stylesheet_or_template The stylesheet or template name of the theme.
* @param bool $skip_cache Optional. Whether to skip the cache.
* Defaults to false, meaning the cache is used.
* @return string Theme root.
*/
function get_raw_theme_root( $stylesheet_or_template, $skip_cache = false ) {
global $wp_theme_directories;
if ( ! is_array( $wp_theme_directories ) || count( $wp_theme_directories ) <= 1 ) {
return '/themes';
}
$theme_root = false;
// If requesting the root for the current theme, consult options to avoid calling get_theme_roots().
if ( ! $skip_cache ) {
if ( get_option( 'stylesheet' ) == $stylesheet_or_template ) {
$theme_root = get_option( 'stylesheet_root' );
} elseif ( get_option( 'template' ) == $stylesheet_or_template ) {
$theme_root = get_option( 'template_root' );
}
}
if ( empty( $theme_root ) ) {
$theme_roots = get_theme_roots();
if ( ! empty( $theme_roots[ $stylesheet_or_template ] ) ) {
$theme_root = $theme_roots[ $stylesheet_or_template ];
}
}
return $theme_root;
}
/**
* Display localized stylesheet link element.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function locale_stylesheet() {
$stylesheet = get_locale_stylesheet_uri();
if ( empty( $stylesheet ) ) {
return;
}
$type_attr = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'style' ) ? '' : ' type="text/css"';
printf(
'',
$stylesheet,
$type_attr
);
}
/**
* Switches the theme.
*
* Accepts one argument: $stylesheet of the theme. It also accepts an additional function signature
* of two arguments: $template then $stylesheet. This is for backward compatibility.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global array $wp_theme_directories
* @global WP_Customize_Manager $wp_customize
* @global array $sidebars_widgets
*
* @param string $stylesheet Stylesheet name
*/
function switch_theme( $stylesheet ) {
global $wp_theme_directories, $wp_customize, $sidebars_widgets;
$_sidebars_widgets = null;
if ( 'wp_ajax_customize_save' === current_action() ) {
$old_sidebars_widgets_data_setting = $wp_customize->get_setting( 'old_sidebars_widgets_data' );
if ( $old_sidebars_widgets_data_setting ) {
$_sidebars_widgets = $wp_customize->post_value( $old_sidebars_widgets_data_setting );
}
} elseif ( is_array( $sidebars_widgets ) ) {
$_sidebars_widgets = $sidebars_widgets;
}
if ( is_array( $_sidebars_widgets ) ) {
set_theme_mod(
'sidebars_widgets',
array(
'time' => time(),
'data' => $_sidebars_widgets,
)
);
}
$nav_menu_locations = get_theme_mod( 'nav_menu_locations' );
update_option( 'theme_switch_menu_locations', $nav_menu_locations );
if ( func_num_args() > 1 ) {
$stylesheet = func_get_arg( 1 );
}
$old_theme = wp_get_theme();
$new_theme = wp_get_theme( $stylesheet );
$template = $new_theme->get_template();
if ( wp_is_recovery_mode() ) {
$paused_themes = wp_paused_themes();
$paused_themes->delete( $old_theme->get_stylesheet() );
$paused_themes->delete( $old_theme->get_template() );
}
update_option( 'template', $template );
update_option( 'stylesheet', $stylesheet );
if ( count( $wp_theme_directories ) > 1 ) {
update_option( 'template_root', get_raw_theme_root( $template, true ) );
update_option( 'stylesheet_root', get_raw_theme_root( $stylesheet, true ) );
} else {
delete_option( 'template_root' );
delete_option( 'stylesheet_root' );
}
$new_name = $new_theme->get( 'Name' );
update_option( 'current_theme', $new_name );
// Migrate from the old mods_{name} option to theme_mods_{slug}.
if ( is_admin() && false === get_option( 'theme_mods_' . $stylesheet ) ) {
$default_theme_mods = (array) get_option( 'mods_' . $new_name );
if ( ! empty( $nav_menu_locations ) && empty( $default_theme_mods['nav_menu_locations'] ) ) {
$default_theme_mods['nav_menu_locations'] = $nav_menu_locations;
}
add_option( "theme_mods_$stylesheet", $default_theme_mods );
} else {
/*
* Since retrieve_widgets() is called when initializing a theme in the Customizer,
* we need to remove the theme mods to avoid overwriting changes made via
* the Customizer when accessing wp-admin/widgets.php.
*/
if ( 'wp_ajax_customize_save' === current_action() ) {
remove_theme_mod( 'sidebars_widgets' );
}
}
update_option( 'theme_switched', $old_theme->get_stylesheet() );
/**
* Fires after the theme is switched.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.5.0 Introduced the `$old_theme` parameter.
*
* @param string $new_name Name of the new theme.
* @param WP_Theme $new_theme WP_Theme instance of the new theme.
* @param WP_Theme $old_theme WP_Theme instance of the old theme.
*/
do_action( 'switch_theme', $new_name, $new_theme, $old_theme );
}
/**
* Checks that current theme files 'index.php' and 'style.css' exists.
*
* Does not initially check the default theme, which is the fallback and should always exist.
* But if it doesn't exist, it'll fall back to the latest core default theme that does exist.
* Will switch theme to the fallback theme if current theme does not validate.
*
* You can use the {@see 'validate_current_theme'} filter to return false to
* disable this functionality.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @see WP_DEFAULT_THEME
*
* @return bool
*/
function validate_current_theme() {
/**
* Filters whether to validate the current theme.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param bool $validate Whether to validate the current theme. Default true.
*/
if ( wp_installing() || ! apply_filters( 'validate_current_theme', true ) ) {
return true;
}
if ( ! file_exists( get_template_directory() . '/index.php' ) ) {
// Invalid.
} elseif ( ! file_exists( get_template_directory() . '/style.css' ) ) {
// Invalid.
} elseif ( is_child_theme() && ! file_exists( get_stylesheet_directory() . '/style.css' ) ) {
// Invalid.
} else {
// Valid.
return true;
}
$default = wp_get_theme( WP_DEFAULT_THEME );
if ( $default->exists() ) {
switch_theme( WP_DEFAULT_THEME );
return false;
}
/**
* If we're in an invalid state but WP_DEFAULT_THEME doesn't exist,
* switch to the latest core default theme that's installed.
* If it turns out that this latest core default theme is our current
* theme, then there's nothing we can do about that, so we have to bail,
* rather than going into an infinite loop. (This is why there are
* checks against WP_DEFAULT_THEME above, also.) We also can't do anything
* if it turns out there is no default theme installed. (That's `false`.)
*/
$default = WP_Theme::get_core_default_theme();
if ( false === $default || get_stylesheet() == $default->get_stylesheet() ) {
return true;
}
switch_theme( $default->get_stylesheet() );
return false;
}
/**
* Retrieve all theme modifications.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @return array|void Theme modifications.
*/
function get_theme_mods() {
$theme_slug = get_option( 'stylesheet' );
$mods = get_option( "theme_mods_$theme_slug" );
if ( false === $mods ) {
$theme_name = get_option( 'current_theme' );
if ( false === $theme_name ) {
$theme_name = wp_get_theme()->get( 'Name' );
}
$mods = get_option( "mods_$theme_name" ); // Deprecated location.
if ( is_admin() && false !== $mods ) {
update_option( "theme_mods_$theme_slug", $mods );
delete_option( "mods_$theme_name" );
}
}
return $mods;
}
/**
* Retrieve theme modification value for the current theme.
*
* If the modification name does not exist, then the $default will be passed
* through {@link https://www.php.net/sprintf sprintf()} PHP function with
* the template directory URI as the first string and the stylesheet directory URI
* as the second string.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @param string $name Theme modification name.
* @param string|false $default Optional. Theme modification default value. Default false.
* @return mixed Theme modification value.
*/
function get_theme_mod( $name, $default = false ) {
$mods = get_theme_mods();
if ( isset( $mods[ $name ] ) ) {
/**
* Filters the theme modification, or 'theme_mod', value.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$name`, refers to the key name
* of the modification array. For example, 'header_textcolor', 'header_image',
* and so on depending on the theme options.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param string $current_mod The value of the current theme modification.
*/
return apply_filters( "theme_mod_{$name}", $mods[ $name ] );
}
if ( is_string( $default ) ) {
// Only run the replacement if an sprintf() string format pattern was found.
if ( preg_match( '#(?get( 'Name' );
}
delete_option( 'mods_' . $theme_name );
}
/**
* Retrieves the custom header text color in 3- or 6-digit hexadecimal form.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @return string Header text color in 3- or 6-digit hexadecimal form (minus the hash symbol).
*/
function get_header_textcolor() {
return get_theme_mod( 'header_textcolor', get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'default-text-color' ) );
}
/**
* Displays the custom header text color in 3- or 6-digit hexadecimal form (minus the hash symbol).
*
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function header_textcolor() {
echo get_header_textcolor();
}
/**
* Whether to display the header text.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @return bool
*/
function display_header_text() {
if ( ! current_theme_supports( 'custom-header', 'header-text' ) ) {
return false;
}
$text_color = get_theme_mod( 'header_textcolor', get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'default-text-color' ) );
return 'blank' !== $text_color;
}
/**
* Check whether a header image is set or not.
*
* @since 4.2.0
*
* @see get_header_image()
*
* @return bool Whether a header image is set or not.
*/
function has_header_image() {
return (bool) get_header_image();
}
/**
* Retrieve header image for custom header.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @return string|false
*/
function get_header_image() {
$url = get_theme_mod( 'header_image', get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'default-image' ) );
if ( 'remove-header' == $url ) {
return false;
}
if ( is_random_header_image() ) {
$url = get_random_header_image();
}
return esc_url_raw( set_url_scheme( $url ) );
}
/**
* Create image tag markup for a custom header image.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $attr Optional. Additional attributes for the image tag. Can be used
* to override the default attributes. Default empty.
* @return string HTML image element markup or empty string on failure.
*/
function get_header_image_tag( $attr = array() ) {
$header = get_custom_header();
$header->url = get_header_image();
if ( ! $header->url ) {
return '';
}
$width = absint( $header->width );
$height = absint( $header->height );
$attr = wp_parse_args(
$attr,
array(
'src' => $header->url,
'width' => $width,
'height' => $height,
'alt' => get_bloginfo( 'name' ),
)
);
// Generate 'srcset' and 'sizes' if not already present.
if ( empty( $attr['srcset'] ) && ! empty( $header->attachment_id ) ) {
$image_meta = get_post_meta( $header->attachment_id, '_wp_attachment_metadata', true );
$size_array = array( $width, $height );
if ( is_array( $image_meta ) ) {
$srcset = wp_calculate_image_srcset( $size_array, $header->url, $image_meta, $header->attachment_id );
$sizes = ! empty( $attr['sizes'] ) ? $attr['sizes'] : wp_calculate_image_sizes( $size_array, $header->url, $image_meta, $header->attachment_id );
if ( $srcset && $sizes ) {
$attr['srcset'] = $srcset;
$attr['sizes'] = $sizes;
}
}
}
$attr = array_map( 'esc_attr', $attr );
$html = ' $value ) {
$html .= ' ' . $name . '="' . $value . '"';
}
$html .= ' />';
/**
* Filters the markup of header images.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $html The HTML image tag markup being filtered.
* @param object $header The custom header object returned by 'get_custom_header()'.
* @param array $attr Array of the attributes for the image tag.
*/
return apply_filters( 'get_header_image_tag', $html, $header, $attr );
}
/**
* Display the image markup for a custom header image.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param array $attr Optional. Attributes for the image markup. Default empty.
*/
function the_header_image_tag( $attr = array() ) {
echo get_header_image_tag( $attr );
}
/**
* Get random header image data from registered images in theme.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @access private
*
* @global array $_wp_default_headers
* @staticvar object $_wp_random_header
*
* @return object
*/
function _get_random_header_data() {
static $_wp_random_header = null;
if ( empty( $_wp_random_header ) ) {
global $_wp_default_headers;
$header_image_mod = get_theme_mod( 'header_image', '' );
$headers = array();
if ( 'random-uploaded-image' == $header_image_mod ) {
$headers = get_uploaded_header_images();
} elseif ( ! empty( $_wp_default_headers ) ) {
if ( 'random-default-image' == $header_image_mod ) {
$headers = $_wp_default_headers;
} else {
if ( current_theme_supports( 'custom-header', 'random-default' ) ) {
$headers = $_wp_default_headers;
}
}
}
if ( empty( $headers ) ) {
return new stdClass;
}
$_wp_random_header = (object) $headers[ array_rand( $headers ) ];
$_wp_random_header->url = sprintf( $_wp_random_header->url, get_template_directory_uri(), get_stylesheet_directory_uri() );
$_wp_random_header->thumbnail_url = sprintf( $_wp_random_header->thumbnail_url, get_template_directory_uri(), get_stylesheet_directory_uri() );
}
return $_wp_random_header;
}
/**
* Get random header image url from registered images in theme.
*
* @since 3.2.0
*
* @return string Path to header image
*/
function get_random_header_image() {
$random_image = _get_random_header_data();
if ( empty( $random_image->url ) ) {
return '';
}
return $random_image->url;
}
/**
* Check if random header image is in use.
*
* Always true if user expressly chooses the option in Appearance > Header.
* Also true if theme has multiple header images registered, no specific header image
* is chosen, and theme turns on random headers with add_theme_support().
*
* @since 3.2.0
*
* @param string $type The random pool to use. any|default|uploaded
* @return bool
*/
function is_random_header_image( $type = 'any' ) {
$header_image_mod = get_theme_mod( 'header_image', get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'default-image' ) );
if ( 'any' == $type ) {
if ( 'random-default-image' == $header_image_mod || 'random-uploaded-image' == $header_image_mod || ( '' != get_random_header_image() && empty( $header_image_mod ) ) ) {
return true;
}
} else {
if ( "random-$type-image" == $header_image_mod ) {
return true;
} elseif ( 'default' == $type && empty( $header_image_mod ) && '' != get_random_header_image() ) {
return true;
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Display header image URL.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function header_image() {
$image = get_header_image();
if ( $image ) {
echo esc_url( $image );
}
}
/**
* Get the header images uploaded for the current theme.
*
* @since 3.2.0
*
* @return array
*/
function get_uploaded_header_images() {
$header_images = array();
// @todo Caching.
$headers = get_posts(
array(
'post_type' => 'attachment',
'meta_key' => '_wp_attachment_is_custom_header',
'meta_value' => get_option( 'stylesheet' ),
'orderby' => 'none',
'nopaging' => true,
)
);
if ( empty( $headers ) ) {
return array();
}
foreach ( (array) $headers as $header ) {
$url = esc_url_raw( wp_get_attachment_url( $header->ID ) );
$header_data = wp_get_attachment_metadata( $header->ID );
$header_index = $header->ID;
$header_images[ $header_index ] = array();
$header_images[ $header_index ]['attachment_id'] = $header->ID;
$header_images[ $header_index ]['url'] = $url;
$header_images[ $header_index ]['thumbnail_url'] = $url;
$header_images[ $header_index ]['alt_text'] = get_post_meta( $header->ID, '_wp_attachment_image_alt', true );
$header_images[ $header_index ]['attachment_parent'] = isset( $header_data['attachment_parent'] ) ? $header_data['attachment_parent'] : '';
if ( isset( $header_data['width'] ) ) {
$header_images[ $header_index ]['width'] = $header_data['width'];
}
if ( isset( $header_data['height'] ) ) {
$header_images[ $header_index ]['height'] = $header_data['height'];
}
}
return $header_images;
}
/**
* Get the header image data.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global array $_wp_default_headers
*
* @return object
*/
function get_custom_header() {
global $_wp_default_headers;
if ( is_random_header_image() ) {
$data = _get_random_header_data();
} else {
$data = get_theme_mod( 'header_image_data' );
if ( ! $data && current_theme_supports( 'custom-header', 'default-image' ) ) {
$directory_args = array( get_template_directory_uri(), get_stylesheet_directory_uri() );
$data = array();
$data['url'] = vsprintf( get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'default-image' ), $directory_args );
$data['thumbnail_url'] = $data['url'];
if ( ! empty( $_wp_default_headers ) ) {
foreach ( (array) $_wp_default_headers as $default_header ) {
$url = vsprintf( $default_header['url'], $directory_args );
if ( $data['url'] == $url ) {
$data = $default_header;
$data['url'] = $url;
$data['thumbnail_url'] = vsprintf( $data['thumbnail_url'], $directory_args );
break;
}
}
}
}
}
$default = array(
'url' => '',
'thumbnail_url' => '',
'width' => get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'width' ),
'height' => get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'height' ),
'video' => get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'video' ),
);
return (object) wp_parse_args( $data, $default );
}
/**
* Register a selection of default headers to be displayed by the custom header admin UI.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $_wp_default_headers
*
* @param array $headers Array of headers keyed by a string id. The ids point to arrays containing 'url', 'thumbnail_url', and 'description' keys.
*/
function register_default_headers( $headers ) {
global $_wp_default_headers;
$_wp_default_headers = array_merge( (array) $_wp_default_headers, (array) $headers );
}
/**
* Unregister default headers.
*
* This function must be called after register_default_headers() has already added the
* header you want to remove.
*
* @see register_default_headers()
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $_wp_default_headers
*
* @param string|array $header The header string id (key of array) to remove, or an array thereof.
* @return bool|void A single header returns true on success, false on failure.
* There is currently no return value for multiple headers.
*/
function unregister_default_headers( $header ) {
global $_wp_default_headers;
if ( is_array( $header ) ) {
array_map( 'unregister_default_headers', $header );
} elseif ( isset( $_wp_default_headers[ $header ] ) ) {
unset( $_wp_default_headers[ $header ] );
return true;
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Check whether a header video is set or not.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @see get_header_video_url()
*
* @return bool Whether a header video is set or not.
*/
function has_header_video() {
return (bool) get_header_video_url();
}
/**
* Retrieve header video URL for custom header.
*
* Uses a local video if present, or falls back to an external video.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return string|false Header video URL or false if there is no video.
*/
function get_header_video_url() {
$id = absint( get_theme_mod( 'header_video' ) );
if ( $id ) {
// Get the file URL from the attachment ID.
$url = wp_get_attachment_url( $id );
} else {
$url = get_theme_mod( 'external_header_video' );
}
/**
* Filters the header video URL.
*
* @since 4.7.3
*
* @param string $url Header video URL, if available.
*/
$url = apply_filters( 'get_header_video_url', $url );
if ( ! $id && ! $url ) {
return false;
}
return esc_url_raw( set_url_scheme( $url ) );
}
/**
* Display header video URL.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*/
function the_header_video_url() {
$video = get_header_video_url();
if ( $video ) {
echo esc_url( $video );
}
}
/**
* Retrieve header video settings.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return array
*/
function get_header_video_settings() {
$header = get_custom_header();
$video_url = get_header_video_url();
$video_type = wp_check_filetype( $video_url, wp_get_mime_types() );
$settings = array(
'mimeType' => '',
'posterUrl' => get_header_image(),
'videoUrl' => $video_url,
'width' => absint( $header->width ),
'height' => absint( $header->height ),
'minWidth' => 900,
'minHeight' => 500,
'l10n' => array(
'pause' => __( 'Pause' ),
'play' => __( 'Play' ),
'pauseSpeak' => __( 'Video is paused.' ),
'playSpeak' => __( 'Video is playing.' ),
),
);
if ( preg_match( '#^https?://(?:www\.)?(?:youtube\.com/watch|youtu\.be/)#', $video_url ) ) {
$settings['mimeType'] = 'video/x-youtube';
} elseif ( ! empty( $video_type['type'] ) ) {
$settings['mimeType'] = $video_type['type'];
}
/**
* Filters header video settings.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @param array $settings An array of header video settings.
*/
return apply_filters( 'header_video_settings', $settings );
}
/**
* Check whether a custom header is set or not.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return bool True if a custom header is set. False if not.
*/
function has_custom_header() {
if ( has_header_image() || ( has_header_video() && is_header_video_active() ) ) {
return true;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Checks whether the custom header video is eligible to show on the current page.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return bool True if the custom header video should be shown. False if not.
*/
function is_header_video_active() {
if ( ! get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'video' ) ) {
return false;
}
$video_active_cb = get_theme_support( 'custom-header', 'video-active-callback' );
if ( empty( $video_active_cb ) || ! is_callable( $video_active_cb ) ) {
$show_video = true;
} else {
$show_video = call_user_func( $video_active_cb );
}
/**
* Modify whether the custom header video is eligible to show on the current page.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @param bool $show_video Whether the custom header video should be shown. Returns the value
* of the theme setting for the `custom-header`'s `video-active-callback`.
* If no callback is set, the default value is that of `is_front_page()`.
*/
return apply_filters( 'is_header_video_active', $show_video );
}
/**
* Retrieve the markup for a custom header.
*
* The container div will always be returned in the Customizer preview.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return string The markup for a custom header on success.
*/
function get_custom_header_markup() {
if ( ! has_custom_header() && ! is_customize_preview() ) {
return '';
}
return sprintf(
'
* add_filter( 'customize_value_custom_css', function( $value, $setting ) {
* $post = wp_get_custom_css_post( $setting->stylesheet );
* if ( $post && ! empty( $post->post_content_filtered ) ) {
* $css = $post->post_content_filtered;
* }
* return $css;
* }, 10, 2 );
*
*
* @since 4.7.0
* @param array $data {
* Custom CSS data.
*
* @type string $css CSS stored in `post_content`.
* @type string $preprocessed Pre-processed CSS stored in `post_content_filtered`. Normally empty string.
* }
* @param array $args {
* The args passed into `wp_update_custom_css_post()` merged with defaults.
*
* @type string $css The original CSS passed in to be updated.
* @type string $preprocessed The original preprocessed CSS passed in to be updated.
* @type string $stylesheet The stylesheet (theme) being updated.
* }
*/
$data = apply_filters( 'update_custom_css_data', $data, array_merge( $args, compact( 'css' ) ) );
$post_data = array(
'post_title' => $args['stylesheet'],
'post_name' => sanitize_title( $args['stylesheet'] ),
'post_type' => 'custom_css',
'post_status' => 'publish',
'post_content' => $data['css'],
'post_content_filtered' => $data['preprocessed'],
);
// Update post if it already exists, otherwise create a new one.
$post = wp_get_custom_css_post( $args['stylesheet'] );
if ( $post ) {
$post_data['ID'] = $post->ID;
$r = wp_update_post( wp_slash( $post_data ), true );
} else {
$r = wp_insert_post( wp_slash( $post_data ), true );
if ( ! is_wp_error( $r ) ) {
if ( get_stylesheet() === $args['stylesheet'] ) {
set_theme_mod( 'custom_css_post_id', $r );
}
// Trigger creation of a revision. This should be removed once #30854 is resolved.
if ( 0 === count( wp_get_post_revisions( $r ) ) ) {
wp_save_post_revision( $r );
}
}
}
if ( is_wp_error( $r ) ) {
return $r;
}
return get_post( $r );
}
/**
* Add callback for custom TinyMCE editor stylesheets.
*
* The parameter $stylesheet is the name of the stylesheet, relative to
* the theme root. It also accepts an array of stylesheets.
* It is optional and defaults to 'editor-style.css'.
*
* This function automatically adds another stylesheet with -rtl prefix, e.g. editor-style-rtl.css.
* If that file doesn't exist, it is removed before adding the stylesheet(s) to TinyMCE.
* If an array of stylesheets is passed to add_editor_style(),
* RTL is only added for the first stylesheet.
*
* Since version 3.4 the TinyMCE body has .rtl CSS class.
* It is a better option to use that class and add any RTL styles to the main stylesheet.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @global array $editor_styles
*
* @param array|string $stylesheet Optional. Stylesheet name or array thereof, relative to theme root.
* Defaults to 'editor-style.css'
*/
function add_editor_style( $stylesheet = 'editor-style.css' ) {
global $editor_styles;
add_theme_support( 'editor-style' );
$editor_styles = (array) $editor_styles;
$stylesheet = (array) $stylesheet;
if ( is_rtl() ) {
$rtl_stylesheet = str_replace( '.css', '-rtl.css', $stylesheet[0] );
$stylesheet[] = $rtl_stylesheet;
}
$editor_styles = array_merge( $editor_styles, $stylesheet );
}
/**
* Removes all visual editor stylesheets.
*
* @since 3.1.0
*
* @global array $editor_styles
*
* @return bool True on success, false if there were no stylesheets to remove.
*/
function remove_editor_styles() {
if ( ! current_theme_supports( 'editor-style' ) ) {
return false;
}
_remove_theme_support( 'editor-style' );
if ( is_admin() ) {
$GLOBALS['editor_styles'] = array();
}
return true;
}
/**
* Retrieve any registered editor stylesheet URLs.
*
* @since 4.0.0
*
* @global array $editor_styles Registered editor stylesheets
*
* @return string[] If registered, a list of editor stylesheet URLs.
*/
function get_editor_stylesheets() {
$stylesheets = array();
// Load editor_style.css if the current theme supports it.
if ( ! empty( $GLOBALS['editor_styles'] ) && is_array( $GLOBALS['editor_styles'] ) ) {
$editor_styles = $GLOBALS['editor_styles'];
$editor_styles = array_unique( array_filter( $editor_styles ) );
$style_uri = get_stylesheet_directory_uri();
$style_dir = get_stylesheet_directory();
// Support externally referenced styles (like, say, fonts).
foreach ( $editor_styles as $key => $file ) {
if ( preg_match( '~^(https?:)?//~', $file ) ) {
$stylesheets[] = esc_url_raw( $file );
unset( $editor_styles[ $key ] );
}
}
// Look in a parent theme first, that way child theme CSS overrides.
if ( is_child_theme() ) {
$template_uri = get_template_directory_uri();
$template_dir = get_template_directory();
foreach ( $editor_styles as $key => $file ) {
if ( $file && file_exists( "$template_dir/$file" ) ) {
$stylesheets[] = "$template_uri/$file";
}
}
}
foreach ( $editor_styles as $file ) {
if ( $file && file_exists( "$style_dir/$file" ) ) {
$stylesheets[] = "$style_uri/$file";
}
}
}
/**
* Filters the array of URLs of stylesheets applied to the editor.
*
* @since 4.3.0
*
* @param string[] $stylesheets Array of URLs of stylesheets to be applied to the editor.
*/
return apply_filters( 'editor_stylesheets', $stylesheets );
}
/**
* Expand a theme's starter content configuration using core-provided data.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return array Array of starter content.
*/
function get_theme_starter_content() {
$theme_support = get_theme_support( 'starter-content' );
if ( is_array( $theme_support ) && ! empty( $theme_support[0] ) && is_array( $theme_support[0] ) ) {
$config = $theme_support[0];
} else {
$config = array();
}
$core_content = array(
'widgets' => array(
'text_business_info' => array(
'text',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Find Us', 'Theme starter content' ),
'text' => join(
'',
array(
'' . _x( 'Address', 'Theme starter content' ) . "\n",
_x( '123 Main Street', 'Theme starter content' ) . "\n" . _x( 'New York, NY 10001', 'Theme starter content' ) . "\n\n",
'' . _x( 'Hours', 'Theme starter content' ) . "\n",
_x( 'Monday–Friday: 9:00AM–5:00PM', 'Theme starter content' ) . "\n" . _x( 'Saturday & Sunday: 11:00AM–3:00PM', 'Theme starter content' ),
)
),
'filter' => true,
'visual' => true,
),
),
'text_about' => array(
'text',
array(
'title' => _x( 'About This Site', 'Theme starter content' ),
'text' => _x( 'This may be a good place to introduce yourself and your site or include some credits.', 'Theme starter content' ),
'filter' => true,
'visual' => true,
),
),
'archives' => array(
'archives',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Archives', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'calendar' => array(
'calendar',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Calendar', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'categories' => array(
'categories',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Categories', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'meta' => array(
'meta',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Meta', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'recent-comments' => array(
'recent-comments',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Recent Comments', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'recent-posts' => array(
'recent-posts',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Recent Posts', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
'search' => array(
'search',
array(
'title' => _x( 'Search', 'Theme starter content' ),
),
),
),
'nav_menus' => array(
'link_home' => array(
'type' => 'custom',
'title' => _x( 'Home', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => home_url( '/' ),
),
'page_home' => array( // Deprecated in favor of 'link_home'.
'type' => 'post_type',
'object' => 'page',
'object_id' => '{{home}}',
),
'page_about' => array(
'type' => 'post_type',
'object' => 'page',
'object_id' => '{{about}}',
),
'page_blog' => array(
'type' => 'post_type',
'object' => 'page',
'object_id' => '{{blog}}',
),
'page_news' => array(
'type' => 'post_type',
'object' => 'page',
'object_id' => '{{news}}',
),
'page_contact' => array(
'type' => 'post_type',
'object' => 'page',
'object_id' => '{{contact}}',
),
'link_email' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Email', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'mailto:wordpress@example.com',
),
'link_facebook' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Facebook', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.facebook.com/wordpress',
),
'link_foursquare' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Foursquare', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://foursquare.com/',
),
'link_github' => array(
'title' => _x( 'GitHub', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://github.com/wordpress/',
),
'link_instagram' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Instagram', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.instagram.com/explore/tags/wordcamp/',
),
'link_linkedin' => array(
'title' => _x( 'LinkedIn', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.linkedin.com/company/1089783',
),
'link_pinterest' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Pinterest', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.pinterest.com/',
),
'link_twitter' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Twitter', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://twitter.com/wordpress',
),
'link_yelp' => array(
'title' => _x( 'Yelp', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.yelp.com',
),
'link_youtube' => array(
'title' => _x( 'YouTube', 'Theme starter content' ),
'url' => 'https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCdof4Ju7amm1chz1gi1T2ZA',
),
),
'posts' => array(
'home' => array(
'post_type' => 'page',
'post_title' => _x( 'Home', 'Theme starter content' ),
'post_content' => sprintf(
"\n%s
\n", _x( 'Welcome to your site! This is your homepage, which is what most visitors will see when they come to your site for the first time.', 'Theme starter content' ) ), ), 'about' => array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_title' => _x( 'About', 'Theme starter content' ), 'post_content' => sprintf( "\n%s
\n", _x( 'You might be an artist who would like to introduce yourself and your work here or maybe you’re a business with a mission to describe.', 'Theme starter content' ) ), ), 'contact' => array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_title' => _x( 'Contact', 'Theme starter content' ), 'post_content' => sprintf( "\n%s
\n", _x( 'This is a page with some basic contact information, such as an address and phone number. You might also try a plugin to add a contact form.', 'Theme starter content' ) ), ), 'blog' => array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_title' => _x( 'Blog', 'Theme starter content' ), ), 'news' => array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_title' => _x( 'News', 'Theme starter content' ), ), 'homepage-section' => array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_title' => _x( 'A homepage section', 'Theme starter content' ), 'post_content' => sprintf( "\n%s
\n", _x( 'This is an example of a homepage section. Homepage sections can be any page other than the homepage itself, including the page that shows your latest blog posts.', 'Theme starter content' ) ), ), ), ); $content = array(); foreach ( $config as $type => $args ) { switch ( $type ) { // Use options and theme_mods as-is. case 'options': case 'theme_mods': $content[ $type ] = $config[ $type ]; break; // Widgets are grouped into sidebars. case 'widgets': foreach ( $config[ $type ] as $sidebar_id => $widgets ) { foreach ( $widgets as $id => $widget ) { if ( is_array( $widget ) ) { // Item extends core content. if ( ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ] ) ) { $widget = array( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ][0], array_merge( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ][1], $widget ), ); } $content[ $type ][ $sidebar_id ][] = $widget; } elseif ( is_string( $widget ) && ! empty( $core_content[ $type ] ) && ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $widget ] ) ) { $content[ $type ][ $sidebar_id ][] = $core_content[ $type ][ $widget ]; } } } break; // And nav menu items are grouped into nav menus. case 'nav_menus': foreach ( $config[ $type ] as $nav_menu_location => $nav_menu ) { // Ensure nav menus get a name. if ( empty( $nav_menu['name'] ) ) { $nav_menu['name'] = $nav_menu_location; } $content[ $type ][ $nav_menu_location ]['name'] = $nav_menu['name']; foreach ( $nav_menu['items'] as $id => $nav_menu_item ) { if ( is_array( $nav_menu_item ) ) { // Item extends core content. if ( ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ] ) ) { $nav_menu_item = array_merge( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ], $nav_menu_item ); } $content[ $type ][ $nav_menu_location ]['items'][] = $nav_menu_item; } elseif ( is_string( $nav_menu_item ) && ! empty( $core_content[ $type ] ) && ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $nav_menu_item ] ) ) { $content[ $type ][ $nav_menu_location ]['items'][] = $core_content[ $type ][ $nav_menu_item ]; } } } break; // Attachments are posts but have special treatment. case 'attachments': foreach ( $config[ $type ] as $id => $item ) { if ( ! empty( $item['file'] ) ) { $content[ $type ][ $id ] = $item; } } break; // All that's left now are posts (besides attachments). // Not a default case for the sake of clarity and future work. case 'posts': foreach ( $config[ $type ] as $id => $item ) { if ( is_array( $item ) ) { // Item extends core content. if ( ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ] ) ) { $item = array_merge( $core_content[ $type ][ $id ], $item ); } // Enforce a subset of fields. $content[ $type ][ $id ] = wp_array_slice_assoc( $item, array( 'post_type', 'post_title', 'post_excerpt', 'post_name', 'post_content', 'menu_order', 'comment_status', 'thumbnail', 'template', ) ); } elseif ( is_string( $item ) && ! empty( $core_content[ $type ][ $item ] ) ) { $content[ $type ][ $item ] = $core_content[ $type ][ $item ]; } } break; } } /** * Filters the expanded array of starter content. * * @since 4.7.0 * * @param array $content Array of starter content. * @param array $config Array of theme-specific starter content configuration. */ return apply_filters( 'get_theme_starter_content', $content, $config ); } /** * Registers theme support for a given feature. * * Must be called in the theme's functions.php file to work. * If attached to a hook, it must be {@see 'after_setup_theme'}. * The {@see 'init'} hook may be too late for some features. * * Example usage: * * add_theme_support( 'title-tag' ); * add_theme_support( 'custom-logo', array( * 'height' => 480, * 'width' => 720, * ) ); * * @since 2.9.0 * @since 3.6.0 The `html5` feature was added. * @since 3.9.0 The `html5` feature now also accepts 'gallery' and 'caption'. * @since 4.1.0 The `title-tag` feature was added. * @since 4.5.0 The `customize-selective-refresh-widgets` feature was added. * @since 4.7.0 The `starter-content` feature was added. * @since 5.0.0 The `responsive-embeds`, `align-wide`, `dark-editor-style`, `disable-custom-colors`, * `disable-custom-font-sizes`, `editor-color-palette`, `editor-font-sizes`, * `editor-styles`, and `wp-block-styles` features were added. * @since 5.3.0 The `html5` feature now also accepts 'script' and 'style'. * @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$args` parameter * by adding it to the function signature. * * @global array $_wp_theme_features * * @param string $feature The feature being added. Likely core values include 'post-formats', * 'post-thumbnails', 'html5', 'custom-logo', 'custom-header-uploads', * 'custom-header', 'custom-background', 'title-tag', 'starter-content', * 'responsive-embeds', etc. * @param mixed ...$args Optional extra arguments to pass along with certain features. * @return void|bool False on failure, void otherwise. */ function add_theme_support( $feature, ...$args ) { global $_wp_theme_features; if ( ! $args ) { $args = true; } switch ( $feature ) { case 'post-thumbnails': // All post types are already supported. if ( true === get_theme_support( 'post-thumbnails' ) ) { return; } /* * Merge post types with any that already declared their support * for post thumbnails. */ if ( isset( $args[0] ) && is_array( $args[0] ) && isset( $_wp_theme_features['post-thumbnails'] ) ) { $args[0] = array_unique( array_merge( $_wp_theme_features['post-thumbnails'][0], $args[0] ) ); } break; case 'post-formats': if ( isset( $args[0] ) && is_array( $args[0] ) ) { $post_formats = get_post_format_slugs(); unset( $post_formats['standard'] ); $args[0] = array_intersect( $args[0], array_keys( $post_formats ) ); } break; case 'html5': // You can't just pass 'html5', you need to pass an array of types. if ( empty( $args[0] ) ) { // Build an array of types for back-compat. $args = array( 0 => array( 'comment-list', 'comment-form', 'search-form' ) ); } elseif ( ! isset( $args[0] ) || ! is_array( $args[0] ) ) { _doing_it_wrong( "add_theme_support( 'html5' )", __( 'You need to pass an array of types.' ), '3.6.1' ); return false; } // Calling 'html5' again merges, rather than overwrites. if ( isset( $_wp_theme_features['html5'] ) ) { $args[0] = array_merge( $_wp_theme_features['html5'][0], $args[0] ); } break; case 'custom-logo': if ( true === $args ) { $args = array( 0 => array() ); } $defaults = array( 'width' => null, 'height' => null, 'flex-width' => false, 'flex-height' => false, 'header-text' => '', ); $args[0] = wp_parse_args( array_intersect_key( $args[0], $defaults ), $defaults ); // Allow full flexibility if no size is specified. if ( is_null( $args[0]['width'] ) && is_null( $args[0]['height'] ) ) { $args[0]['flex-width'] = true; $args[0]['flex-height'] = true; } break; case 'custom-header-uploads': return add_theme_support( 'custom-header', array( 'uploads' => true ) ); case 'custom-header': if ( true === $args ) { $args = array( 0 => array() ); } $defaults = array( 'default-image' => '', 'random-default' => false, 'width' => 0, 'height' => 0, 'flex-height' => false, 'flex-width' => false, 'default-text-color' => '', 'header-text' => true, 'uploads' => true, 'wp-head-callback' => '', 'admin-head-callback' => '', 'admin-preview-callback' => '', 'video' => false, 'video-active-callback' => 'is_front_page', ); $jit = isset( $args[0]['__jit'] ); unset( $args[0]['__jit'] ); // Merge in data from previous add_theme_support() calls. // The first value registered wins. (A child theme is set up first.) if ( isset( $_wp_theme_features['custom-header'] ) ) { $args[0] = wp_parse_args( $_wp_theme_features['custom-header'][0], $args[0] ); } // Load in the defaults at the end, as we need to insure first one wins. // This will cause all constants to be defined, as each arg will then be set to the default. if ( $jit ) { $args[0] = wp_parse_args( $args[0], $defaults ); } /* * If a constant was defined, use that value. Otherwise, define the constant to ensure * the constant is always accurate (and is not defined later, overriding our value). * As stated above, the first value wins. * Once we get to wp_loaded (just-in-time), define any constants we haven't already. * Constants are lame. Don't reference them. This is just for backward compatibility. */ if ( defined( 'NO_HEADER_TEXT' ) ) { $args[0]['header-text'] = ! NO_HEADER_TEXT; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['header-text'] ) ) { define( 'NO_HEADER_TEXT', empty( $args[0]['header-text'] ) ); } if ( defined( 'HEADER_IMAGE_WIDTH' ) ) { $args[0]['width'] = (int) HEADER_IMAGE_WIDTH; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['width'] ) ) { define( 'HEADER_IMAGE_WIDTH', (int) $args[0]['width'] ); } if ( defined( 'HEADER_IMAGE_HEIGHT' ) ) { $args[0]['height'] = (int) HEADER_IMAGE_HEIGHT; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['height'] ) ) { define( 'HEADER_IMAGE_HEIGHT', (int) $args[0]['height'] ); } if ( defined( 'HEADER_TEXTCOLOR' ) ) { $args[0]['default-text-color'] = HEADER_TEXTCOLOR; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['default-text-color'] ) ) { define( 'HEADER_TEXTCOLOR', $args[0]['default-text-color'] ); } if ( defined( 'HEADER_IMAGE' ) ) { $args[0]['default-image'] = HEADER_IMAGE; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['default-image'] ) ) { define( 'HEADER_IMAGE', $args[0]['default-image'] ); } if ( $jit && ! empty( $args[0]['default-image'] ) ) { $args[0]['random-default'] = false; } // If headers are supported, and we still don't have a defined width or height, // we have implicit flex sizes. if ( $jit ) { if ( empty( $args[0]['width'] ) && empty( $args[0]['flex-width'] ) ) { $args[0]['flex-width'] = true; } if ( empty( $args[0]['height'] ) && empty( $args[0]['flex-height'] ) ) { $args[0]['flex-height'] = true; } } break; case 'custom-background': if ( true === $args ) { $args = array( 0 => array() ); } $defaults = array( 'default-image' => '', 'default-preset' => 'default', 'default-position-x' => 'left', 'default-position-y' => 'top', 'default-size' => 'auto', 'default-repeat' => 'repeat', 'default-attachment' => 'scroll', 'default-color' => '', 'wp-head-callback' => '_custom_background_cb', 'admin-head-callback' => '', 'admin-preview-callback' => '', ); $jit = isset( $args[0]['__jit'] ); unset( $args[0]['__jit'] ); // Merge in data from previous add_theme_support() calls. The first value registered wins. if ( isset( $_wp_theme_features['custom-background'] ) ) { $args[0] = wp_parse_args( $_wp_theme_features['custom-background'][0], $args[0] ); } if ( $jit ) { $args[0] = wp_parse_args( $args[0], $defaults ); } if ( defined( 'BACKGROUND_COLOR' ) ) { $args[0]['default-color'] = BACKGROUND_COLOR; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['default-color'] ) || $jit ) { define( 'BACKGROUND_COLOR', $args[0]['default-color'] ); } if ( defined( 'BACKGROUND_IMAGE' ) ) { $args[0]['default-image'] = BACKGROUND_IMAGE; } elseif ( isset( $args[0]['default-image'] ) || $jit ) { define( 'BACKGROUND_IMAGE', $args[0]['default-image'] ); } break; // Ensure that 'title-tag' is accessible in the admin. case 'title-tag': // Can be called in functions.php but must happen before wp_loaded, i.e. not in header.php. if ( did_action( 'wp_loaded' ) ) { _doing_it_wrong( "add_theme_support( 'title-tag' )", sprintf( /* translators: 1: title-tag, 2: wp_loaded */ __( 'Theme support for %1$s should be registered before the %2$s hook.' ), 'title-tag',
'wp_loaded'
),
'4.1.0'
);
return false;
}
}
$_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] = $args;
}
/**
* Registers the internal custom header and background routines.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @access private
*
* @global Custom_Image_Header $custom_image_header
* @global Custom_Background $custom_background
*/
function _custom_header_background_just_in_time() {
global $custom_image_header, $custom_background;
if ( current_theme_supports( 'custom-header' ) ) {
// In case any constants were defined after an add_custom_image_header() call, re-run.
add_theme_support( 'custom-header', array( '__jit' => true ) );
$args = get_theme_support( 'custom-header' );
if ( $args[0]['wp-head-callback'] ) {
add_action( 'wp_head', $args[0]['wp-head-callback'] );
}
if ( is_admin() ) {
require_once ABSPATH . 'wp-admin/includes/class-custom-image-header.php';
$custom_image_header = new Custom_Image_Header( $args[0]['admin-head-callback'], $args[0]['admin-preview-callback'] );
}
}
if ( current_theme_supports( 'custom-background' ) ) {
// In case any constants were defined after an add_custom_background() call, re-run.
add_theme_support( 'custom-background', array( '__jit' => true ) );
$args = get_theme_support( 'custom-background' );
add_action( 'wp_head', $args[0]['wp-head-callback'] );
if ( is_admin() ) {
require_once ABSPATH . 'wp-admin/includes/class-custom-background.php';
$custom_background = new Custom_Background( $args[0]['admin-head-callback'], $args[0]['admin-preview-callback'] );
}
}
}
/**
* Adds CSS to hide header text for custom logo, based on Customizer setting.
*
* @since 4.5.0
* @access private
*/
function _custom_logo_header_styles() {
if ( ! current_theme_supports( 'custom-header', 'header-text' ) && get_theme_support( 'custom-logo', 'header-text' ) && ! get_theme_mod( 'header_text', true ) ) {
$classes = (array) get_theme_support( 'custom-logo', 'header-text' );
$classes = array_map( 'sanitize_html_class', $classes );
$classes = '.' . implode( ', .', $classes );
$type_attr = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'style' ) ? '' : ' type="text/css"';
?>
false ) );
return; // Do not continue - custom-header-uploads no longer exists.
}
if ( ! isset( $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] ) ) {
return false;
}
switch ( $feature ) {
case 'custom-header':
if ( ! did_action( 'wp_loaded' ) ) {
break;
}
$support = get_theme_support( 'custom-header' );
if ( isset( $support[0]['wp-head-callback'] ) ) {
remove_action( 'wp_head', $support[0]['wp-head-callback'] );
}
if ( isset( $GLOBALS['custom_image_header'] ) ) {
remove_action( 'admin_menu', array( $GLOBALS['custom_image_header'], 'init' ) );
unset( $GLOBALS['custom_image_header'] );
}
break;
case 'custom-background':
if ( ! did_action( 'wp_loaded' ) ) {
break;
}
$support = get_theme_support( 'custom-background' );
if ( isset( $support[0]['wp-head-callback'] ) ) {
remove_action( 'wp_head', $support[0]['wp-head-callback'] );
}
remove_action( 'admin_menu', array( $GLOBALS['custom_background'], 'init' ) );
unset( $GLOBALS['custom_background'] );
break;
}
unset( $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] );
return true;
}
/**
* Checks a theme's support for a given feature.
*
* Example usage:
*
* current_theme_supports( 'custom-logo' );
* current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'comment-form' );
*
* @since 2.9.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$args` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $_wp_theme_features
*
* @param string $feature The feature being checked.
* @param mixed ...$args Optional extra arguments to be checked against certain features.
* @return bool True if the current theme supports the feature, false otherwise.
*/
function current_theme_supports( $feature, ...$args ) {
global $_wp_theme_features;
if ( 'custom-header-uploads' == $feature ) {
return current_theme_supports( 'custom-header', 'uploads' );
}
if ( ! isset( $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] ) ) {
return false;
}
// If no args passed then no extra checks need be performed.
if ( ! $args ) {
return true;
}
switch ( $feature ) {
case 'post-thumbnails':
/*
* post-thumbnails can be registered for only certain content/post types
* by passing an array of types to add_theme_support().
* If no array was passed, then any type is accepted.
*/
if ( true === $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] ) { // Registered for all types
return true;
}
$content_type = $args[0];
return in_array( $content_type, $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ][0] );
case 'html5':
case 'post-formats':
/*
* Specific post formats can be registered by passing an array of types
* to add_theme_support().
*
* Specific areas of HTML5 support *must* be passed via an array to add_theme_support().
*/
$type = $args[0];
return in_array( $type, $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ][0] );
case 'custom-logo':
case 'custom-header':
case 'custom-background':
// Specific capabilities can be registered by passing an array to add_theme_support().
return ( isset( $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ][0][ $args[0] ] ) && $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ][0][ $args[0] ] );
}
/**
* Filters whether the current theme supports a specific feature.
*
* The dynamic portion of the hook name, `$feature`, refers to the specific theme
* feature. Possible values include 'post-formats', 'post-thumbnails', 'custom-background',
* 'custom-header', 'menus', 'automatic-feed-links', 'html5',
* 'starter-content', and 'customize-selective-refresh-widgets'.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param bool $supports Whether the current theme supports the given feature. Default true.
* @param array $args Array of arguments for the feature.
* @param string $feature The theme feature.
*/
return apply_filters( "current_theme_supports-{$feature}", true, $args, $_wp_theme_features[ $feature ] ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.UseUnderscores
}
/**
* Checks a theme's support for a given feature before loading the functions which implement it.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @param string $feature The feature being checked.
* @param string $include Path to the file.
* @return bool True if the current theme supports the supplied feature, false otherwise.
*/
function require_if_theme_supports( $feature, $include ) {
if ( current_theme_supports( $feature ) ) {
require $include;
return true;
}
return false;
}
/**
* Checks an attachment being deleted to see if it's a header or background image.
*
* If true it removes the theme modification which would be pointing at the deleted
* attachment.
*
* @access private
* @since 3.0.0
* @since 4.3.0 Also removes `header_image_data`.
* @since 4.5.0 Also removes custom logo theme mods.
*
* @param int $id The attachment id.
*/
function _delete_attachment_theme_mod( $id ) {
$attachment_image = wp_get_attachment_url( $id );
$header_image = get_header_image();
$background_image = get_background_image();
$custom_logo_id = get_theme_mod( 'custom_logo' );
if ( $custom_logo_id && $custom_logo_id == $id ) {
remove_theme_mod( 'custom_logo' );
remove_theme_mod( 'header_text' );
}
if ( $header_image && $header_image == $attachment_image ) {
remove_theme_mod( 'header_image' );
remove_theme_mod( 'header_image_data' );
}
if ( $background_image && $background_image == $attachment_image ) {
remove_theme_mod( 'background_image' );
}
}
/**
* Checks if a theme has been changed and runs 'after_switch_theme' hook on the next WP load.
*
* See {@see 'after_switch_theme'}.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*/
function check_theme_switched() {
$stylesheet = get_option( 'theme_switched' );
if ( $stylesheet ) {
$old_theme = wp_get_theme( $stylesheet );
// Prevent widget & menu mapping from running since Customizer already called it up front.
if ( get_option( 'theme_switched_via_customizer' ) ) {
remove_action( 'after_switch_theme', '_wp_menus_changed' );
remove_action( 'after_switch_theme', '_wp_sidebars_changed' );
update_option( 'theme_switched_via_customizer', false );
}
if ( $old_theme->exists() ) {
/**
* Fires on the first WP load after a theme switch if the old theme still exists.
*
* This action fires multiple times and the parameters differs
* according to the context, if the old theme exists or not.
* If the old theme is missing, the parameter will be the slug
* of the old theme.
*
* @since 3.3.0
*
* @param string $old_name Old theme name.
* @param WP_Theme $old_theme WP_Theme instance of the old theme.
*/
do_action( 'after_switch_theme', $old_theme->get( 'Name' ), $old_theme );
} else {
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/theme.php */
do_action( 'after_switch_theme', $stylesheet, $old_theme );
}
flush_rewrite_rules();
update_option( 'theme_switched', false );
}
}
/**
* Includes and instantiates the WP_Customize_Manager class.
*
* Loads the Customizer at plugins_loaded when accessing the customize.php admin
* page or when any request includes a wp_customize=on param or a customize_changeset
* param (a UUID). This param is a signal for whether to bootstrap the Customizer when
* WordPress is loading, especially in the Customizer preview
* or when making Customizer Ajax requests for widgets or menus.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @global WP_Customize_Manager $wp_customize
*/
function _wp_customize_include() {
$is_customize_admin_page = ( is_admin() && 'customize.php' == basename( $_SERVER['PHP_SELF'] ) );
$should_include = (
$is_customize_admin_page
||
( isset( $_REQUEST['wp_customize'] ) && 'on' == $_REQUEST['wp_customize'] )
||
( ! empty( $_GET['customize_changeset_uuid'] ) || ! empty( $_POST['customize_changeset_uuid'] ) )
);
if ( ! $should_include ) {
return;
}
/*
* Note that wp_unslash() is not being used on the input vars because it is
* called before wp_magic_quotes() gets called. Besides this fact, none of
* the values should contain any characters needing slashes anyway.
*/
$keys = array( 'changeset_uuid', 'customize_changeset_uuid', 'customize_theme', 'theme', 'customize_messenger_channel', 'customize_autosaved' );
$input_vars = array_merge(
wp_array_slice_assoc( $_GET, $keys ),
wp_array_slice_assoc( $_POST, $keys )
);
$theme = null;
$autosaved = null;
$messenger_channel = null;
// Value false indicates UUID should be determined after_setup_theme
// to either re-use existing saved changeset or else generate a new UUID if none exists.
$changeset_uuid = false;
// Set initially fo false since defaults to true for back-compat;
// can be overridden via the customize_changeset_branching filter.
$branching = false;
if ( $is_customize_admin_page && isset( $input_vars['changeset_uuid'] ) ) {
$changeset_uuid = sanitize_key( $input_vars['changeset_uuid'] );
} elseif ( ! empty( $input_vars['customize_changeset_uuid'] ) ) {
$changeset_uuid = sanitize_key( $input_vars['customize_changeset_uuid'] );
}
// Note that theme will be sanitized via WP_Theme.
if ( $is_customize_admin_page && isset( $input_vars['theme'] ) ) {
$theme = $input_vars['theme'];
} elseif ( isset( $input_vars['customize_theme'] ) ) {
$theme = $input_vars['customize_theme'];
}
if ( ! empty( $input_vars['customize_autosaved'] ) ) {
$autosaved = true;
}
if ( isset( $input_vars['customize_messenger_channel'] ) ) {
$messenger_channel = sanitize_key( $input_vars['customize_messenger_channel'] );
}
/*
* Note that settings must be previewed even outside the customizer preview
* and also in the customizer pane itself. This is to enable loading an existing
* changeset into the customizer. Previewing the settings only has to be prevented
* here in the case of a customize_save action because this will cause WP to think
* there is nothing changed that needs to be saved.
*/
$is_customize_save_action = (
wp_doing_ajax()
&&
isset( $_REQUEST['action'] )
&&
'customize_save' === wp_unslash( $_REQUEST['action'] )
);
$settings_previewed = ! $is_customize_save_action;
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-customize-manager.php';
$GLOBALS['wp_customize'] = new WP_Customize_Manager( compact( 'changeset_uuid', 'theme', 'messenger_channel', 'settings_previewed', 'autosaved', 'branching' ) );
}
/**
* Publishes a snapshot's changes.
*
* @since 4.7.0
* @access private
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
* @global WP_Customize_Manager $wp_customize Customizer instance.
*
* @param string $new_status New post status.
* @param string $old_status Old post status.
* @param WP_Post $changeset_post Changeset post object.
*/
function _wp_customize_publish_changeset( $new_status, $old_status, $changeset_post ) {
global $wp_customize, $wpdb;
$is_publishing_changeset = (
'customize_changeset' === $changeset_post->post_type
&&
'publish' === $new_status
&&
'publish' !== $old_status
);
if ( ! $is_publishing_changeset ) {
return;
}
if ( empty( $wp_customize ) ) {
require_once ABSPATH . WPINC . '/class-wp-customize-manager.php';
$wp_customize = new WP_Customize_Manager(
array(
'changeset_uuid' => $changeset_post->post_name,
'settings_previewed' => false,
)
);
}
if ( ! did_action( 'customize_register' ) ) {
/*
* When running from CLI or Cron, the customize_register action will need
* to be triggered in order for core, themes, and plugins to register their
* settings. Normally core will add_action( 'customize_register' ) at
* priority 10 to register the core settings, and if any themes/plugins
* also add_action( 'customize_register' ) at the same priority, they
* will have a $wp_customize with those settings registered since they
* call add_action() afterward, normally. However, when manually doing
* the customize_register action after the setup_theme, then the order
* will be reversed for two actions added at priority 10, resulting in
* the core settings no longer being available as expected to themes/plugins.
* So the following manually calls the method that registers the core
* settings up front before doing the action.
*/
remove_action( 'customize_register', array( $wp_customize, 'register_controls' ) );
$wp_customize->register_controls();
/** This filter is documented in /wp-includes/class-wp-customize-manager.php */
do_action( 'customize_register', $wp_customize );
}
$wp_customize->_publish_changeset_values( $changeset_post->ID );
/*
* Trash the changeset post if revisions are not enabled. Unpublished
* changesets by default get garbage collected due to the auto-draft status.
* When a changeset post is published, however, it would no longer get cleaned
* out. This is a problem when the changeset posts are never displayed anywhere,
* since they would just be endlessly piling up. So here we use the revisions
* feature to indicate whether or not a published changeset should get trashed
* and thus garbage collected.
*/
if ( ! wp_revisions_enabled( $changeset_post ) ) {
$wp_customize->trash_changeset_post( $changeset_post->ID );
}
}
/**
* Filters changeset post data upon insert to ensure post_name is intact.
*
* This is needed to prevent the post_name from being dropped when the post is
* transitioned into pending status by a contributor.
*
* @since 4.7.0
* @see wp_insert_post()
*
* @param array $post_data An array of slashed post data.
* @param array $supplied_post_data An array of sanitized, but otherwise unmodified post data.
* @return array Filtered data.
*/
function _wp_customize_changeset_filter_insert_post_data( $post_data, $supplied_post_data ) {
if ( isset( $post_data['post_type'] ) && 'customize_changeset' === $post_data['post_type'] ) {
// Prevent post_name from being dropped, such as when contributor saves a changeset post as pending.
if ( empty( $post_data['post_name'] ) && ! empty( $supplied_post_data['post_name'] ) ) {
$post_data['post_name'] = $supplied_post_data['post_name'];
}
}
return $post_data;
}
/**
* Adds settings for the customize-loader script.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*/
function _wp_customize_loader_settings() {
$admin_origin = parse_url( admin_url() );
$home_origin = parse_url( home_url() );
$cross_domain = ( strtolower( $admin_origin['host'] ) != strtolower( $home_origin['host'] ) );
$browser = array(
'mobile' => wp_is_mobile(),
'ios' => wp_is_mobile() && preg_match( '/iPad|iPod|iPhone/', $_SERVER['HTTP_USER_AGENT'] ),
);
$settings = array(
'url' => esc_url( admin_url( 'customize.php' ) ),
'isCrossDomain' => $cross_domain,
'browser' => $browser,
'l10n' => array(
'saveAlert' => __( 'The changes you made will be lost if you navigate away from this page.' ),
'mainIframeTitle' => __( 'Customizer' ),
),
);
$script = 'var _wpCustomizeLoaderSettings = ' . wp_json_encode( $settings ) . ';';
$wp_scripts = wp_scripts();
$data = $wp_scripts->get_data( 'customize-loader', 'data' );
if ( $data ) {
$script = "$data\n$script";
}
$wp_scripts->add_data( 'customize-loader', 'data', $script );
}
/**
* Returns a URL to load the Customizer.
*
* @since 3.4.0
*
* @param string $stylesheet Optional. Theme to customize. Defaults to current theme.
* The theme's stylesheet will be urlencoded if necessary.
* @return string
*/
function wp_customize_url( $stylesheet = '' ) {
$url = admin_url( 'customize.php' );
if ( $stylesheet ) {
$url .= '?theme=' . urlencode( $stylesheet );
}
return esc_url( $url );
}
/**
* Prints a script to check whether or not the Customizer is supported,
* and apply either the no-customize-support or customize-support class
* to the body.
*
* This function MUST be called inside the body tag.
*
* Ideally, call this function immediately after the body tag is opened.
* This prevents a flash of unstyled content.
*
* It is also recommended that you add the "no-customize-support" class
* to the body tag by default.
*
* @since 3.4.0
* @since 4.7.0 Support for IE8 and below is explicitly removed via conditional comments.
*/
function wp_customize_support_script() {
$admin_origin = parse_url( admin_url() );
$home_origin = parse_url( home_url() );
$cross_domain = ( strtolower( $admin_origin['host'] ) != strtolower( $home_origin['host'] ) );
$type_attr = current_theme_supports( 'html5', 'script' ) ? '' : ' type="text/javascript"';
?>
is_preview();
}
/**
* Make sure that auto-draft posts get their post_date bumped or status changed to draft to prevent premature garbage-collection.
*
* When a changeset is updated but remains an auto-draft, ensure the post_date
* for the auto-draft posts remains the same so that it will be
* garbage-collected at the same time by `wp_delete_auto_drafts()`. Otherwise,
* if the changeset is updated to be a draft then update the posts
* to have a far-future post_date so that they will never be garbage collected
* unless the changeset post itself is deleted.
*
* When a changeset is updated to be a persistent draft or to be scheduled for
* publishing, then transition any dependent auto-drafts to a draft status so
* that they likewise will not be garbage-collected but also so that they can
* be edited in the admin before publishing since there is not yet a post/page
* editing flow in the Customizer. See #39752.
*
* @link https://core.trac.wordpress.org/ticket/39752
*
* @since 4.8.0
* @access private
* @see wp_delete_auto_drafts()
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $new_status Transition to this post status.
* @param string $old_status Previous post status.
* @param \WP_Post $post Post data.
*/
function _wp_keep_alive_customize_changeset_dependent_auto_drafts( $new_status, $old_status, $post ) {
global $wpdb;
unset( $old_status );
// Short-circuit if not a changeset or if the changeset was published.
if ( 'customize_changeset' !== $post->post_type || 'publish' === $new_status ) {
return;
}
$data = json_decode( $post->post_content, true );
if ( empty( $data['nav_menus_created_posts']['value'] ) ) {
return;
}
/*
* Actually, in lieu of keeping alive, trash any customization drafts here if the changeset itself is
* getting trashed. This is needed because when a changeset transitions to a draft, then any of the
* dependent auto-draft post/page stubs will also get transitioned to customization drafts which
* are then visible in the WP Admin. We cannot wait for the deletion of the changeset in which
* _wp_delete_customize_changeset_dependent_auto_drafts() will be called, since they need to be
* trashed to remove from visibility immediately.
*/
if ( 'trash' === $new_status ) {
foreach ( $data['nav_menus_created_posts']['value'] as $post_id ) {
if ( ! empty( $post_id ) && 'draft' === get_post_status( $post_id ) ) {
wp_trash_post( $post_id );
}
}
return;
}
$post_args = array();
if ( 'auto-draft' === $new_status ) {
/*
* Keep the post date for the post matching the changeset
* so that it will not be garbage-collected before the changeset.
*/
$post_args['post_date'] = $post->post_date; // Note wp_delete_auto_drafts() only looks at this date.
} else {
/*
* Since the changeset no longer has an auto-draft (and it is not published)
* it is now a persistent changeset, a long-lived draft, and so any
* associated auto-draft posts should likewise transition into having a draft
* status. These drafts will be treated differently than regular drafts in
* that they will be tied to the given changeset. The publish meta box is
* replaced with a notice about how the post is part of a set of customized changes
* which will be published when the changeset is published.
*/
$post_args['post_status'] = 'draft';
}
foreach ( $data['nav_menus_created_posts']['value'] as $post_id ) {
if ( empty( $post_id ) || 'auto-draft' !== get_post_status( $post_id ) ) {
continue;
}
$wpdb->update(
$wpdb->posts,
$post_args,
array( 'ID' => $post_id )
);
clean_post_cache( $post_id );
}
}
pomo/streams.php 0000666 00000016422 15213302760 0007715 0 ustar 00
*
* @version $Id: streams.php 1157 2015-11-20 04:30:11Z dd32 $
* @package pomo
* @subpackage streams
*/
if ( ! class_exists( 'POMO_Reader', false ) ) :
class POMO_Reader {
var $endian = 'little';
var $_post = '';
/**
* PHP5 constructor.
*/
function __construct() {
$this->is_overloaded = ( ( ini_get( 'mbstring.func_overload' ) & 2 ) != 0 ) && function_exists( 'mb_substr' );
$this->_pos = 0;
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see POMO_Reader::__construct()
*/
public function POMO_Reader() {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct();
}
/**
* Sets the endianness of the file.
*
* @param string $endian Set the endianness of the file. Accepts 'big', or 'little'.
*/
function setEndian( $endian ) { // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidFunctionName.MethodNameInvalid
$this->endian = $endian;
}
/**
* Reads a 32bit Integer from the Stream
*
* @return mixed The integer, corresponding to the next 32 bits from
* the stream of false if there are not enough bytes or on error
*/
function readint32() {
$bytes = $this->read( 4 );
if ( 4 != $this->strlen( $bytes ) ) {
return false;
}
$endian_letter = ( 'big' == $this->endian ) ? 'N' : 'V';
$int = unpack( $endian_letter, $bytes );
return reset( $int );
}
/**
* Reads an array of 32-bit Integers from the Stream
*
* @param integer $count How many elements should be read
* @return mixed Array of integers or false if there isn't
* enough data or on error
*/
function readint32array( $count ) {
$bytes = $this->read( 4 * $count );
if ( 4 * $count != $this->strlen( $bytes ) ) {
return false;
}
$endian_letter = ( 'big' == $this->endian ) ? 'N' : 'V';
return unpack( $endian_letter . $count, $bytes );
}
/**
* @param string $string
* @param int $start
* @param int $length
* @return string
*/
function substr( $string, $start, $length ) {
if ( $this->is_overloaded ) {
return mb_substr( $string, $start, $length, 'ascii' );
} else {
return substr( $string, $start, $length );
}
}
/**
* @param string $string
* @return int
*/
function strlen( $string ) {
if ( $this->is_overloaded ) {
return mb_strlen( $string, 'ascii' );
} else {
return strlen( $string );
}
}
/**
* @param string $string
* @param int $chunk_size
* @return array
*/
function str_split( $string, $chunk_size ) {
if ( ! function_exists( 'str_split' ) ) {
$length = $this->strlen( $string );
$out = array();
for ( $i = 0; $i < $length; $i += $chunk_size ) {
$out[] = $this->substr( $string, $i, $chunk_size );
}
return $out;
} else {
return str_split( $string, $chunk_size );
}
}
/**
* @return int
*/
function pos() {
return $this->_pos;
}
/**
* @return true
*/
function is_resource() {
return true;
}
/**
* @return true
*/
function close() {
return true;
}
}
endif;
if ( ! class_exists( 'POMO_FileReader', false ) ) :
class POMO_FileReader extends POMO_Reader {
/**
* @param string $filename
*/
function __construct( $filename ) {
parent::__construct();
$this->_f = fopen( $filename, 'rb' );
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see POMO_FileReader::__construct()
*/
public function POMO_FileReader( $filename ) {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct( $filename );
}
/**
* @param int $bytes
* @return string|false Returns read string, otherwise false.
*/
function read( $bytes ) {
return fread( $this->_f, $bytes );
}
/**
* @param int $pos
* @return boolean
*/
function seekto( $pos ) {
if ( -1 == fseek( $this->_f, $pos, SEEK_SET ) ) {
return false;
}
$this->_pos = $pos;
return true;
}
/**
* @return bool
*/
function is_resource() {
return is_resource( $this->_f );
}
/**
* @return bool
*/
function feof() {
return feof( $this->_f );
}
/**
* @return bool
*/
function close() {
return fclose( $this->_f );
}
/**
* @return string
*/
function read_all() {
$all = '';
while ( ! $this->feof() ) {
$all .= $this->read( 4096 );
}
return $all;
}
}
endif;
if ( ! class_exists( 'POMO_StringReader', false ) ) :
/**
* Provides file-like methods for manipulating a string instead
* of a physical file.
*/
class POMO_StringReader extends POMO_Reader {
var $_str = '';
/**
* PHP5 constructor.
*/
function __construct( $str = '' ) {
parent::__construct();
$this->_str = $str;
$this->_pos = 0;
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see POMO_StringReader::__construct()
*/
public function POMO_StringReader( $str = '' ) {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct( $str );
}
/**
* @param string $bytes
* @return string
*/
function read( $bytes ) {
$data = $this->substr( $this->_str, $this->_pos, $bytes );
$this->_pos += $bytes;
if ( $this->strlen( $this->_str ) < $this->_pos ) {
$this->_pos = $this->strlen( $this->_str );
}
return $data;
}
/**
* @param int $pos
* @return int
*/
function seekto( $pos ) {
$this->_pos = $pos;
if ( $this->strlen( $this->_str ) < $this->_pos ) {
$this->_pos = $this->strlen( $this->_str );
}
return $this->_pos;
}
/**
* @return int
*/
function length() {
return $this->strlen( $this->_str );
}
/**
* @return string
*/
function read_all() {
return $this->substr( $this->_str, $this->_pos, $this->strlen( $this->_str ) );
}
}
endif;
if ( ! class_exists( 'POMO_CachedFileReader', false ) ) :
/**
* Reads the contents of the file in the beginning.
*/
class POMO_CachedFileReader extends POMO_StringReader {
/**
* PHP5 constructor.
*/
function __construct( $filename ) {
parent::__construct();
$this->_str = file_get_contents( $filename );
if ( false === $this->_str ) {
return false;
}
$this->_pos = 0;
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see POMO_CachedFileReader::__construct()
*/
public function POMO_CachedFileReader( $filename ) {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct( $filename );
}
}
endif;
if ( ! class_exists( 'POMO_CachedIntFileReader', false ) ) :
/**
* Reads the contents of the file in the beginning.
*/
class POMO_CachedIntFileReader extends POMO_CachedFileReader {
/**
* PHP5 constructor.
*/
public function __construct( $filename ) {
parent::__construct( $filename );
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see POMO_CachedIntFileReader::__construct()
*/
function POMO_CachedIntFileReader( $filename ) {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct( $filename );
}
}
endif;
pomo/translations.php 0000666 00000022567 15213302760 0010767 0 ustar 00 key();
if ( false === $key ) {
return false;
}
$this->entries[ $key ] = &$entry;
return true;
}
/**
* @param array|Translation_Entry $entry
* @return bool
*/
function add_entry_or_merge( $entry ) {
if ( is_array( $entry ) ) {
$entry = new Translation_Entry( $entry );
}
$key = $entry->key();
if ( false === $key ) {
return false;
}
if ( isset( $this->entries[ $key ] ) ) {
$this->entries[ $key ]->merge_with( $entry );
} else {
$this->entries[ $key ] = &$entry;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Sets $header PO header to $value
*
* If the header already exists, it will be overwritten
*
* TODO: this should be out of this class, it is gettext specific
*
* @param string $header header name, without trailing :
* @param string $value header value, without trailing \n
*/
function set_header( $header, $value ) {
$this->headers[ $header ] = $value;
}
/**
* @param array $headers
*/
function set_headers( $headers ) {
foreach ( $headers as $header => $value ) {
$this->set_header( $header, $value );
}
}
/**
* @param string $header
*/
function get_header( $header ) {
return isset( $this->headers[ $header ] ) ? $this->headers[ $header ] : false;
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
*/
function translate_entry( &$entry ) {
$key = $entry->key();
return isset( $this->entries[ $key ] ) ? $this->entries[ $key ] : false;
}
/**
* @param string $singular
* @param string $context
* @return string
*/
function translate( $singular, $context = null ) {
$entry = new Translation_Entry(
array(
'singular' => $singular,
'context' => $context,
)
);
$translated = $this->translate_entry( $entry );
return ( $translated && ! empty( $translated->translations ) ) ? $translated->translations[0] : $singular;
}
/**
* Given the number of items, returns the 0-based index of the plural form to use
*
* Here, in the base Translations class, the common logic for English is implemented:
* 0 if there is one element, 1 otherwise
*
* This function should be overridden by the subclasses. For example MO/PO can derive the logic
* from their headers.
*
* @param integer $count number of items
*/
function select_plural_form( $count ) {
return 1 == $count ? 0 : 1;
}
/**
* @return int
*/
function get_plural_forms_count() {
return 2;
}
/**
* @param string $singular
* @param string $plural
* @param int $count
* @param string $context
*/
function translate_plural( $singular, $plural, $count, $context = null ) {
$entry = new Translation_Entry(
array(
'singular' => $singular,
'plural' => $plural,
'context' => $context,
)
);
$translated = $this->translate_entry( $entry );
$index = $this->select_plural_form( $count );
$total_plural_forms = $this->get_plural_forms_count();
if ( $translated && 0 <= $index && $index < $total_plural_forms &&
is_array( $translated->translations ) &&
isset( $translated->translations[ $index ] ) ) {
return $translated->translations[ $index ];
} else {
return 1 == $count ? $singular : $plural;
}
}
/**
* Merge $other in the current object.
*
* @param Object $other Another Translation object, whose translations will be merged in this one (passed by reference).
* @return void
*/
function merge_with( &$other ) {
foreach ( $other->entries as $entry ) {
$this->entries[ $entry->key() ] = $entry;
}
}
/**
* @param object $other
*/
function merge_originals_with( &$other ) {
foreach ( $other->entries as $entry ) {
if ( ! isset( $this->entries[ $entry->key() ] ) ) {
$this->entries[ $entry->key() ] = $entry;
} else {
$this->entries[ $entry->key() ]->merge_with( $entry );
}
}
}
}
class Gettext_Translations extends Translations {
/**
* The gettext implementation of select_plural_form.
*
* It lives in this class, because there are more than one descendand, which will use it and
* they can't share it effectively.
*
* @param int $count
*/
function gettext_select_plural_form( $count ) {
if ( ! isset( $this->_gettext_select_plural_form ) || is_null( $this->_gettext_select_plural_form ) ) {
list( $nplurals, $expression ) = $this->nplurals_and_expression_from_header( $this->get_header( 'Plural-Forms' ) );
$this->_nplurals = $nplurals;
$this->_gettext_select_plural_form = $this->make_plural_form_function( $nplurals, $expression );
}
return call_user_func( $this->_gettext_select_plural_form, $count );
}
/**
* @param string $header
* @return array
*/
function nplurals_and_expression_from_header( $header ) {
if ( preg_match( '/^\s*nplurals\s*=\s*(\d+)\s*;\s+plural\s*=\s*(.+)$/', $header, $matches ) ) {
$nplurals = (int) $matches[1];
$expression = trim( $matches[2] );
return array( $nplurals, $expression );
} else {
return array( 2, 'n != 1' );
}
}
/**
* Makes a function, which will return the right translation index, according to the
* plural forms header
*
* @param int $nplurals
* @param string $expression
*/
function make_plural_form_function( $nplurals, $expression ) {
try {
$handler = new Plural_Forms( rtrim( $expression, ';' ) );
return array( $handler, 'get' );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
// Fall back to default plural-form function.
return $this->make_plural_form_function( 2, 'n != 1' );
}
}
/**
* Adds parentheses to the inner parts of ternary operators in
* plural expressions, because PHP evaluates ternary oerators from left to right
*
* @param string $expression the expression without parentheses
* @return string the expression with parentheses added
*/
function parenthesize_plural_exression( $expression ) {
$expression .= ';';
$res = '';
$depth = 0;
for ( $i = 0; $i < strlen( $expression ); ++$i ) {
$char = $expression[ $i ];
switch ( $char ) {
case '?':
$res .= ' ? (';
$depth++;
break;
case ':':
$res .= ') : (';
break;
case ';':
$res .= str_repeat( ')', $depth ) . ';';
$depth = 0;
break;
default:
$res .= $char;
}
}
return rtrim( $res, ';' );
}
/**
* @param string $translation
* @return array
*/
function make_headers( $translation ) {
$headers = array();
// Sometimes \n's are used instead of real new lines.
$translation = str_replace( '\n', "\n", $translation );
$lines = explode( "\n", $translation );
foreach ( $lines as $line ) {
$parts = explode( ':', $line, 2 );
if ( ! isset( $parts[1] ) ) {
continue;
}
$headers[ trim( $parts[0] ) ] = trim( $parts[1] );
}
return $headers;
}
/**
* @param string $header
* @param string $value
*/
function set_header( $header, $value ) {
parent::set_header( $header, $value );
if ( 'Plural-Forms' == $header ) {
list( $nplurals, $expression ) = $this->nplurals_and_expression_from_header( $this->get_header( 'Plural-Forms' ) );
$this->_nplurals = $nplurals;
$this->_gettext_select_plural_form = $this->make_plural_form_function( $nplurals, $expression );
}
}
}
endif;
if ( ! class_exists( 'NOOP_Translations', false ) ) :
/**
* Provides the same interface as Translations, but doesn't do anything
*/
class NOOP_Translations {
var $entries = array();
var $headers = array();
function add_entry( $entry ) {
return true;
}
/**
* @param string $header
* @param string $value
*/
function set_header( $header, $value ) {
}
/**
* @param array $headers
*/
function set_headers( $headers ) {
}
/**
* @param string $header
* @return false
*/
function get_header( $header ) {
return false;
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
* @return false
*/
function translate_entry( &$entry ) {
return false;
}
/**
* @param string $singular
* @param string $context
*/
function translate( $singular, $context = null ) {
return $singular;
}
/**
* @param int $count
* @return bool
*/
function select_plural_form( $count ) {
return 1 == $count ? 0 : 1;
}
/**
* @return int
*/
function get_plural_forms_count() {
return 2;
}
/**
* @param string $singular
* @param string $plural
* @param int $count
* @param string $context
*/
function translate_plural( $singular, $plural, $count, $context = null ) {
return 1 == $count ? $singular : $plural;
}
/**
* @param object $other
*/
function merge_with( &$other ) {
}
}
endif;
pomo/plural-forms.php 0000666 00000015705 15213302760 0010665 0 ustar 00 6,
'<' => 5,
'<=' => 5,
'>' => 5,
'>=' => 5,
'==' => 4,
'!=' => 4,
'&&' => 3,
'||' => 2,
'?:' => 1,
'?' => 1,
'(' => 0,
')' => 0,
);
/**
* Tokens generated from the string.
*
* @since 4.9.0
* @var array $tokens List of tokens.
*/
protected $tokens = array();
/**
* Cache for repeated calls to the function.
*
* @since 4.9.0
* @var array $cache Map of $n => $result
*/
protected $cache = array();
/**
* Constructor.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $str Plural function (just the bit after `plural=` from Plural-Forms)
*/
public function __construct( $str ) {
$this->parse( $str );
}
/**
* Parse a Plural-Forms string into tokens.
*
* Uses the shunting-yard algorithm to convert the string to Reverse Polish
* Notation tokens.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param string $str String to parse.
*/
protected function parse( $str ) {
$pos = 0;
$len = strlen( $str );
// Convert infix operators to postfix using the shunting-yard algorithm.
$output = array();
$stack = array();
while ( $pos < $len ) {
$next = substr( $str, $pos, 1 );
switch ( $next ) {
// Ignore whitespace.
case ' ':
case "\t":
$pos++;
break;
// Variable (n).
case 'n':
$output[] = array( 'var' );
$pos++;
break;
// Parentheses.
case '(':
$stack[] = $next;
$pos++;
break;
case ')':
$found = false;
while ( ! empty( $stack ) ) {
$o2 = $stack[ count( $stack ) - 1 ];
if ( '(' !== $o2 ) {
$output[] = array( 'op', array_pop( $stack ) );
continue;
}
// Discard open paren.
array_pop( $stack );
$found = true;
break;
}
if ( ! $found ) {
throw new Exception( 'Mismatched parentheses' );
}
$pos++;
break;
// Operators.
case '|':
case '&':
case '>':
case '<':
case '!':
case '=':
case '%':
case '?':
$end_operator = strspn( $str, self::OP_CHARS, $pos );
$operator = substr( $str, $pos, $end_operator );
if ( ! array_key_exists( $operator, self::$op_precedence ) ) {
throw new Exception( sprintf( 'Unknown operator "%s"', $operator ) );
}
while ( ! empty( $stack ) ) {
$o2 = $stack[ count( $stack ) - 1 ];
// Ternary is right-associative in C.
if ( '?:' === $operator || '?' === $operator ) {
if ( self::$op_precedence[ $operator ] >= self::$op_precedence[ $o2 ] ) {
break;
}
} elseif ( self::$op_precedence[ $operator ] > self::$op_precedence[ $o2 ] ) {
break;
}
$output[] = array( 'op', array_pop( $stack ) );
}
$stack[] = $operator;
$pos += $end_operator;
break;
// Ternary "else".
case ':':
$found = false;
$s_pos = count( $stack ) - 1;
while ( $s_pos >= 0 ) {
$o2 = $stack[ $s_pos ];
if ( '?' !== $o2 ) {
$output[] = array( 'op', array_pop( $stack ) );
$s_pos--;
continue;
}
// Replace.
$stack[ $s_pos ] = '?:';
$found = true;
break;
}
if ( ! $found ) {
throw new Exception( 'Missing starting "?" ternary operator' );
}
$pos++;
break;
// Default - number or invalid.
default:
if ( $next >= '0' && $next <= '9' ) {
$span = strspn( $str, self::NUM_CHARS, $pos );
$output[] = array( 'value', intval( substr( $str, $pos, $span ) ) );
$pos += $span;
break;
}
throw new Exception( sprintf( 'Unknown symbol "%s"', $next ) );
}
}
while ( ! empty( $stack ) ) {
$o2 = array_pop( $stack );
if ( '(' === $o2 || ')' === $o2 ) {
throw new Exception( 'Mismatched parentheses' );
}
$output[] = array( 'op', $o2 );
}
$this->tokens = $output;
}
/**
* Get the plural form for a number.
*
* Caches the value for repeated calls.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param int $num Number to get plural form for.
* @return int Plural form value.
*/
public function get( $num ) {
if ( isset( $this->cache[ $num ] ) ) {
return $this->cache[ $num ];
}
$this->cache[ $num ] = $this->execute( $num );
return $this->cache[ $num ];
}
/**
* Execute the plural form function.
*
* @since 4.9.0
*
* @param int $n Variable "n" to substitute.
* @return int Plural form value.
*/
public function execute( $n ) {
$stack = array();
$i = 0;
$total = count( $this->tokens );
while ( $i < $total ) {
$next = $this->tokens[ $i ];
$i++;
if ( 'var' === $next[0] ) {
$stack[] = $n;
continue;
} elseif ( 'value' === $next[0] ) {
$stack[] = $next[1];
continue;
}
// Only operators left.
switch ( $next[1] ) {
case '%':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 % $v2;
break;
case '||':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 || $v2;
break;
case '&&':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 && $v2;
break;
case '<':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 < $v2;
break;
case '<=':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 <= $v2;
break;
case '>':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 > $v2;
break;
case '>=':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 >= $v2;
break;
case '!=':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 != $v2;
break;
case '==':
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 == $v2;
break;
case '?:':
$v3 = array_pop( $stack );
$v2 = array_pop( $stack );
$v1 = array_pop( $stack );
$stack[] = $v1 ? $v2 : $v3;
break;
default:
throw new Exception( sprintf( 'Unknown operator "%s"', $next[1] ) );
}
}
if ( count( $stack ) !== 1 ) {
throw new Exception( 'Too many values remaining on the stack' );
}
return (int) $stack[0];
}
}
pomo/entry.php 0000666 00000006337 15213302760 0007404 0 ustar 00 $value ) {
$this->$varname = $value;
}
if ( isset( $args['plural'] ) && $args['plural'] ) {
$this->is_plural = true;
}
if ( ! is_array( $this->translations ) ) {
$this->translations = array();
}
if ( ! is_array( $this->references ) ) {
$this->references = array();
}
if ( ! is_array( $this->flags ) ) {
$this->flags = array();
}
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*
* @deprecated 5.4.0 Use __construct() instead.
*
* @see Translation_Entry::__construct()
*/
public function Translation_Entry( $args = array() ) {
_deprecated_constructor( self::class, '5.4.0', static::class );
self::__construct( $args );
}
/**
* Generates a unique key for this entry
*
* @return string|bool the key or false if the entry is empty
*/
function key() {
if ( null === $this->singular || '' === $this->singular ) {
return false;
}
// Prepend context and EOT, like in MO files.
$key = ! $this->context ? $this->singular : $this->context . "\4" . $this->singular;
// Standardize on \n line endings.
$key = str_replace( array( "\r\n", "\r" ), "\n", $key );
return $key;
}
/**
* @param object $other
*/
function merge_with( &$other ) {
$this->flags = array_unique( array_merge( $this->flags, $other->flags ) );
$this->references = array_unique( array_merge( $this->references, $other->references ) );
if ( $this->extracted_comments != $other->extracted_comments ) {
$this->extracted_comments .= $other->extracted_comments;
}
}
}
endif;
pomo/po.php 0000666 00000034645 15213302760 0006664 0 ustar 00 headers as $header => $value ) {
$header_string .= "$header: $value\n";
}
$poified = PO::poify( $header_string );
if ( $this->comments_before_headers ) {
$before_headers = $this->prepend_each_line( rtrim( $this->comments_before_headers ) . "\n", '# ' );
} else {
$before_headers = '';
}
return rtrim( "{$before_headers}msgid \"\"\nmsgstr $poified" );
}
/**
* Exports all entries to PO format
*
* @return string sequence of mgsgid/msgstr PO strings, doesn't containt newline at the end
*/
function export_entries() {
// TODO: Sorting.
return implode( "\n\n", array_map( array( 'PO', 'export_entry' ), $this->entries ) );
}
/**
* Exports the whole PO file as a string
*
* @param bool $include_headers whether to include the headers in the export
* @return string ready for inclusion in PO file string for headers and all the enrtries
*/
function export( $include_headers = true ) {
$res = '';
if ( $include_headers ) {
$res .= $this->export_headers();
$res .= "\n\n";
}
$res .= $this->export_entries();
return $res;
}
/**
* Same as {@link export}, but writes the result to a file
*
* @param string $filename where to write the PO string
* @param bool $include_headers whether to include tje headers in the export
* @return bool true on success, false on error
*/
function export_to_file( $filename, $include_headers = true ) {
$fh = fopen( $filename, 'w' );
if ( false === $fh ) {
return false;
}
$export = $this->export( $include_headers );
$res = fwrite( $fh, $export );
if ( false === $res ) {
return false;
}
return fclose( $fh );
}
/**
* Text to include as a comment before the start of the PO contents
*
* Doesn't need to include # in the beginning of lines, these are added automatically
*/
function set_comment_before_headers( $text ) {
$this->comments_before_headers = $text;
}
/**
* Formats a string in PO-style
*
* @param string $string the string to format
* @return string the poified string
*/
public static function poify( $string ) {
$quote = '"';
$slash = '\\';
$newline = "\n";
$replaces = array(
"$slash" => "$slash$slash",
"$quote" => "$slash$quote",
"\t" => '\t',
);
$string = str_replace( array_keys( $replaces ), array_values( $replaces ), $string );
$po = $quote . implode( "${slash}n$quote$newline$quote", explode( $newline, $string ) ) . $quote;
// Add empty string on first line for readbility.
if ( false !== strpos( $string, $newline ) &&
( substr_count( $string, $newline ) > 1 || substr( $string, -strlen( $newline ) ) !== $newline ) ) {
$po = "$quote$quote$newline$po";
}
// Remove empty strings.
$po = str_replace( "$newline$quote$quote", '', $po );
return $po;
}
/**
* Gives back the original string from a PO-formatted string
*
* @param string $string PO-formatted string
* @return string enascaped string
*/
public static function unpoify( $string ) {
$escapes = array(
't' => "\t",
'n' => "\n",
'r' => "\r",
'\\' => '\\',
);
$lines = array_map( 'trim', explode( "\n", $string ) );
$lines = array_map( array( 'PO', 'trim_quotes' ), $lines );
$unpoified = '';
$previous_is_backslash = false;
foreach ( $lines as $line ) {
preg_match_all( '/./u', $line, $chars );
$chars = $chars[0];
foreach ( $chars as $char ) {
if ( ! $previous_is_backslash ) {
if ( '\\' == $char ) {
$previous_is_backslash = true;
} else {
$unpoified .= $char;
}
} else {
$previous_is_backslash = false;
$unpoified .= isset( $escapes[ $char ] ) ? $escapes[ $char ] : $char;
}
}
}
// Standardise the line endings on imported content, technically PO files shouldn't contain \r.
$unpoified = str_replace( array( "\r\n", "\r" ), "\n", $unpoified );
return $unpoified;
}
/**
* Inserts $with in the beginning of every new line of $string and
* returns the modified string
*
* @param string $string prepend lines in this string
* @param string $with prepend lines with this string
*/
public static function prepend_each_line( $string, $with ) {
$lines = explode( "\n", $string );
$append = '';
if ( "\n" === substr( $string, -1 ) && '' === end( $lines ) ) {
/*
* Last line might be empty because $string was terminated
* with a newline, remove it from the $lines array,
* we'll restore state by re-terminating the string at the end.
*/
array_pop( $lines );
$append = "\n";
}
foreach ( $lines as &$line ) {
$line = $with . $line;
}
unset( $line );
return implode( "\n", $lines ) . $append;
}
/**
* Prepare a text as a comment -- wraps the lines and prepends #
* and a special character to each line
*
* @access private
* @param string $text the comment text
* @param string $char character to denote a special PO comment,
* like :, default is a space
*/
public static function comment_block( $text, $char = ' ' ) {
$text = wordwrap( $text, PO_MAX_LINE_LEN - 3 );
return PO::prepend_each_line( $text, "#$char " );
}
/**
* Builds a string from the entry for inclusion in PO file
*
* @param Translation_Entry $entry the entry to convert to po string (passed by reference).
* @return string|false PO-style formatted string for the entry or
* false if the entry is empty
*/
public static function export_entry( &$entry ) {
if ( null === $entry->singular || '' === $entry->singular ) {
return false;
}
$po = array();
if ( ! empty( $entry->translator_comments ) ) {
$po[] = PO::comment_block( $entry->translator_comments );
}
if ( ! empty( $entry->extracted_comments ) ) {
$po[] = PO::comment_block( $entry->extracted_comments, '.' );
}
if ( ! empty( $entry->references ) ) {
$po[] = PO::comment_block( implode( ' ', $entry->references ), ':' );
}
if ( ! empty( $entry->flags ) ) {
$po[] = PO::comment_block( implode( ', ', $entry->flags ), ',' );
}
if ( $entry->context ) {
$po[] = 'msgctxt ' . PO::poify( $entry->context );
}
$po[] = 'msgid ' . PO::poify( $entry->singular );
if ( ! $entry->is_plural ) {
$translation = empty( $entry->translations ) ? '' : $entry->translations[0];
$translation = PO::match_begin_and_end_newlines( $translation, $entry->singular );
$po[] = 'msgstr ' . PO::poify( $translation );
} else {
$po[] = 'msgid_plural ' . PO::poify( $entry->plural );
$translations = empty( $entry->translations ) ? array( '', '' ) : $entry->translations;
foreach ( $translations as $i => $translation ) {
$translation = PO::match_begin_and_end_newlines( $translation, $entry->plural );
$po[] = "msgstr[$i] " . PO::poify( $translation );
}
}
return implode( "\n", $po );
}
public static function match_begin_and_end_newlines( $translation, $original ) {
if ( '' === $translation ) {
return $translation;
}
$original_begin = "\n" === substr( $original, 0, 1 );
$original_end = "\n" === substr( $original, -1 );
$translation_begin = "\n" === substr( $translation, 0, 1 );
$translation_end = "\n" === substr( $translation, -1 );
if ( $original_begin ) {
if ( ! $translation_begin ) {
$translation = "\n" . $translation;
}
} elseif ( $translation_begin ) {
$translation = ltrim( $translation, "\n" );
}
if ( $original_end ) {
if ( ! $translation_end ) {
$translation .= "\n";
}
} elseif ( $translation_end ) {
$translation = rtrim( $translation, "\n" );
}
return $translation;
}
/**
* @param string $filename
* @return boolean
*/
function import_from_file( $filename ) {
$f = fopen( $filename, 'r' );
if ( ! $f ) {
return false;
}
$lineno = 0;
while ( true ) {
$res = $this->read_entry( $f, $lineno );
if ( ! $res ) {
break;
}
if ( '' == $res['entry']->singular ) {
$this->set_headers( $this->make_headers( $res['entry']->translations[0] ) );
} else {
$this->add_entry( $res['entry'] );
}
}
PO::read_line( $f, 'clear' );
if ( false === $res ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! $this->headers && ! $this->entries ) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Helper function for read_entry
*
* @param string $context
* @return bool
*/
protected static function is_final( $context ) {
return ( 'msgstr' === $context ) || ( 'msgstr_plural' === $context );
}
/**
* @param resource $f
* @param int $lineno
* @return null|false|array
*/
function read_entry( $f, $lineno = 0 ) {
$entry = new Translation_Entry();
// Where were we in the last step.
// Can be: comment, msgctxt, msgid, msgid_plural, msgstr, msgstr_plural.
$context = '';
$msgstr_index = 0;
while ( true ) {
$lineno++;
$line = PO::read_line( $f );
if ( ! $line ) {
if ( feof( $f ) ) {
if ( self::is_final( $context ) ) {
break;
} elseif ( ! $context ) { // We haven't read a line and EOF came.
return null;
} else {
return false;
}
} else {
return false;
}
}
if ( "\n" === $line ) {
continue;
}
$line = trim( $line );
if ( preg_match( '/^#/', $line, $m ) ) {
// The comment is the start of a new entry.
if ( self::is_final( $context ) ) {
PO::read_line( $f, 'put-back' );
$lineno--;
break;
}
// Comments have to be at the beginning.
if ( $context && 'comment' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
// Add comment.
$this->add_comment_to_entry( $entry, $line );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^msgctxt\s+(".*")/', $line, $m ) ) {
if ( self::is_final( $context ) ) {
PO::read_line( $f, 'put-back' );
$lineno--;
break;
}
if ( $context && 'comment' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
$context = 'msgctxt';
$entry->context .= PO::unpoify( $m[1] );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^msgid\s+(".*")/', $line, $m ) ) {
if ( self::is_final( $context ) ) {
PO::read_line( $f, 'put-back' );
$lineno--;
break;
}
if ( $context && 'msgctxt' !== $context && 'comment' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
$context = 'msgid';
$entry->singular .= PO::unpoify( $m[1] );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^msgid_plural\s+(".*")/', $line, $m ) ) {
if ( 'msgid' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
$context = 'msgid_plural';
$entry->is_plural = true;
$entry->plural .= PO::unpoify( $m[1] );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^msgstr\s+(".*")/', $line, $m ) ) {
if ( 'msgid' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
$context = 'msgstr';
$entry->translations = array( PO::unpoify( $m[1] ) );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^msgstr\[(\d+)\]\s+(".*")/', $line, $m ) ) {
if ( 'msgid_plural' !== $context && 'msgstr_plural' !== $context ) {
return false;
}
$context = 'msgstr_plural';
$msgstr_index = $m[1];
$entry->translations[ $m[1] ] = PO::unpoify( $m[2] );
} elseif ( preg_match( '/^".*"$/', $line ) ) {
$unpoified = PO::unpoify( $line );
switch ( $context ) {
case 'msgid':
$entry->singular .= $unpoified;
break;
case 'msgctxt':
$entry->context .= $unpoified;
break;
case 'msgid_plural':
$entry->plural .= $unpoified;
break;
case 'msgstr':
$entry->translations[0] .= $unpoified;
break;
case 'msgstr_plural':
$entry->translations[ $msgstr_index ] .= $unpoified;
break;
default:
return false;
}
} else {
return false;
}
}
$have_translations = false;
foreach ( $entry->translations as $t ) {
if ( $t || ( '0' === $t ) ) {
$have_translations = true;
break;
}
}
if ( false === $have_translations ) {
$entry->translations = array();
}
return array(
'entry' => $entry,
'lineno' => $lineno,
);
}
/**
* @staticvar string $last_line
* @staticvar boolean $use_last_line
*
* @param resource $f
* @param string $action
* @return boolean
*/
function read_line( $f, $action = 'read' ) {
static $last_line = '';
static $use_last_line = false;
if ( 'clear' == $action ) {
$last_line = '';
return true;
}
if ( 'put-back' == $action ) {
$use_last_line = true;
return true;
}
$line = $use_last_line ? $last_line : fgets( $f );
$line = ( "\r\n" == substr( $line, -2 ) ) ? rtrim( $line, "\r\n" ) . "\n" : $line;
$last_line = $line;
$use_last_line = false;
return $line;
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
* @param string $po_comment_line
*/
function add_comment_to_entry( &$entry, $po_comment_line ) {
$first_two = substr( $po_comment_line, 0, 2 );
$comment = trim( substr( $po_comment_line, 2 ) );
if ( '#:' == $first_two ) {
$entry->references = array_merge( $entry->references, preg_split( '/\s+/', $comment ) );
} elseif ( '#.' == $first_two ) {
$entry->extracted_comments = trim( $entry->extracted_comments . "\n" . $comment );
} elseif ( '#,' == $first_two ) {
$entry->flags = array_merge( $entry->flags, preg_split( '/,\s*/', $comment ) );
} else {
$entry->translator_comments = trim( $entry->translator_comments . "\n" . $comment );
}
}
/**
* @param string $s
* @return string
*/
public static function trim_quotes( $s ) {
if ( substr( $s, 0, 1 ) == '"' ) {
$s = substr( $s, 1 );
}
if ( substr( $s, -1, 1 ) == '"' ) {
$s = substr( $s, 0, -1 );
}
return $s;
}
}
endif;
pomo/mo.php 0000666 00000022237 15213302760 0006653 0 ustar 00 filename;
}
/**
* Fills up with the entries from MO file $filename
*
* @param string $filename MO file to load
* @return bool True if the import from file was successful, otherwise false.
*/
function import_from_file( $filename ) {
$reader = new POMO_FileReader( $filename );
if ( ! $reader->is_resource() ) {
return false;
}
$this->filename = (string) $filename;
return $this->import_from_reader( $reader );
}
/**
* @param string $filename
* @return bool
*/
function export_to_file( $filename ) {
$fh = fopen( $filename, 'wb' );
if ( ! $fh ) {
return false;
}
$res = $this->export_to_file_handle( $fh );
fclose( $fh );
return $res;
}
/**
* @return string|false
*/
function export() {
$tmp_fh = fopen( 'php://temp', 'r+' );
if ( ! $tmp_fh ) {
return false;
}
$this->export_to_file_handle( $tmp_fh );
rewind( $tmp_fh );
return stream_get_contents( $tmp_fh );
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
* @return bool
*/
function is_entry_good_for_export( $entry ) {
if ( empty( $entry->translations ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( ! array_filter( $entry->translations ) ) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
/**
* @param resource $fh
* @return true
*/
function export_to_file_handle( $fh ) {
$entries = array_filter( $this->entries, array( $this, 'is_entry_good_for_export' ) );
ksort( $entries );
$magic = 0x950412de;
$revision = 0;
$total = count( $entries ) + 1; // All the headers are one entry.
$originals_lenghts_addr = 28;
$translations_lenghts_addr = $originals_lenghts_addr + 8 * $total;
$size_of_hash = 0;
$hash_addr = $translations_lenghts_addr + 8 * $total;
$current_addr = $hash_addr;
fwrite(
$fh,
pack(
'V*',
$magic,
$revision,
$total,
$originals_lenghts_addr,
$translations_lenghts_addr,
$size_of_hash,
$hash_addr
)
);
fseek( $fh, $originals_lenghts_addr );
// Headers' msgid is an empty string.
fwrite( $fh, pack( 'VV', 0, $current_addr ) );
$current_addr++;
$originals_table = "\0";
$reader = new POMO_Reader();
foreach ( $entries as $entry ) {
$originals_table .= $this->export_original( $entry ) . "\0";
$length = $reader->strlen( $this->export_original( $entry ) );
fwrite( $fh, pack( 'VV', $length, $current_addr ) );
$current_addr += $length + 1; // Account for the NULL byte after.
}
$exported_headers = $this->export_headers();
fwrite( $fh, pack( 'VV', $reader->strlen( $exported_headers ), $current_addr ) );
$current_addr += strlen( $exported_headers ) + 1;
$translations_table = $exported_headers . "\0";
foreach ( $entries as $entry ) {
$translations_table .= $this->export_translations( $entry ) . "\0";
$length = $reader->strlen( $this->export_translations( $entry ) );
fwrite( $fh, pack( 'VV', $length, $current_addr ) );
$current_addr += $length + 1;
}
fwrite( $fh, $originals_table );
fwrite( $fh, $translations_table );
return true;
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
* @return string
*/
function export_original( $entry ) {
// TODO: Warnings for control characters.
$exported = $entry->singular;
if ( $entry->is_plural ) {
$exported .= "\0" . $entry->plural;
}
if ( $entry->context ) {
$exported = $entry->context . "\4" . $exported;
}
return $exported;
}
/**
* @param Translation_Entry $entry
* @return string
*/
function export_translations( $entry ) {
// TODO: Warnings for control characters.
return $entry->is_plural ? implode( "\0", $entry->translations ) : $entry->translations[0];
}
/**
* @return string
*/
function export_headers() {
$exported = '';
foreach ( $this->headers as $header => $value ) {
$exported .= "$header: $value\n";
}
return $exported;
}
/**
* @param int $magic
* @return string|false
*/
function get_byteorder( $magic ) {
// The magic is 0x950412de.
// bug in PHP 5.0.2, see https://savannah.nongnu.org/bugs/?func=detailitem&item_id=10565
$magic_little = (int) - 1794895138;
$magic_little_64 = (int) 2500072158;
// 0xde120495
$magic_big = ( (int) - 569244523 ) & 0xFFFFFFFF;
if ( $magic_little == $magic || $magic_little_64 == $magic ) {
return 'little';
} elseif ( $magic_big == $magic ) {
return 'big';
} else {
return false;
}
}
/**
* @param POMO_FileReader $reader
* @return bool True if the import was successful, otherwise false.
*/
function import_from_reader( $reader ) {
$endian_string = MO::get_byteorder( $reader->readint32() );
if ( false === $endian_string ) {
return false;
}
$reader->setEndian( $endian_string );
$endian = ( 'big' == $endian_string ) ? 'N' : 'V';
$header = $reader->read( 24 );
if ( $reader->strlen( $header ) != 24 ) {
return false;
}
// Parse header.
$header = unpack( "{$endian}revision/{$endian}total/{$endian}originals_lenghts_addr/{$endian}translations_lenghts_addr/{$endian}hash_length/{$endian}hash_addr", $header );
if ( ! is_array( $header ) ) {
return false;
}
// Support revision 0 of MO format specs, only.
if ( 0 != $header['revision'] ) {
return false;
}
// Seek to data blocks.
$reader->seekto( $header['originals_lenghts_addr'] );
// Read originals' indices.
$originals_lengths_length = $header['translations_lenghts_addr'] - $header['originals_lenghts_addr'];
if ( $originals_lengths_length != $header['total'] * 8 ) {
return false;
}
$originals = $reader->read( $originals_lengths_length );
if ( $reader->strlen( $originals ) != $originals_lengths_length ) {
return false;
}
// Read translations' indices.
$translations_lenghts_length = $header['hash_addr'] - $header['translations_lenghts_addr'];
if ( $translations_lenghts_length != $header['total'] * 8 ) {
return false;
}
$translations = $reader->read( $translations_lenghts_length );
if ( $reader->strlen( $translations ) != $translations_lenghts_length ) {
return false;
}
// Transform raw data into set of indices.
$originals = $reader->str_split( $originals, 8 );
$translations = $reader->str_split( $translations, 8 );
// Skip hash table.
$strings_addr = $header['hash_addr'] + $header['hash_length'] * 4;
$reader->seekto( $strings_addr );
$strings = $reader->read_all();
$reader->close();
for ( $i = 0; $i < $header['total']; $i++ ) {
$o = unpack( "{$endian}length/{$endian}pos", $originals[ $i ] );
$t = unpack( "{$endian}length/{$endian}pos", $translations[ $i ] );
if ( ! $o || ! $t ) {
return false;
}
// Adjust offset due to reading strings to separate space before.
$o['pos'] -= $strings_addr;
$t['pos'] -= $strings_addr;
$original = $reader->substr( $strings, $o['pos'], $o['length'] );
$translation = $reader->substr( $strings, $t['pos'], $t['length'] );
if ( '' === $original ) {
$this->set_headers( $this->make_headers( $translation ) );
} else {
$entry = &$this->make_entry( $original, $translation );
$this->entries[ $entry->key() ] = &$entry;
}
}
return true;
}
/**
* Build a Translation_Entry from original string and translation strings,
* found in a MO file
*
* @static
* @param string $original original string to translate from MO file. Might contain
* 0x04 as context separator or 0x00 as singular/plural separator
* @param string $translation translation string from MO file. Might contain
* 0x00 as a plural translations separator
* @return Translation_Entry Entry instance.
*/
function &make_entry( $original, $translation ) {
$entry = new Translation_Entry();
// Look for context, separated by \4.
$parts = explode( "\4", $original );
if ( isset( $parts[1] ) ) {
$original = $parts[1];
$entry->context = $parts[0];
}
// Look for plural original.
$parts = explode( "\0", $original );
$entry->singular = $parts[0];
if ( isset( $parts[1] ) ) {
$entry->is_plural = true;
$entry->plural = $parts[1];
}
// Plural translations are also separated by \0.
$entry->translations = explode( "\0", $translation );
return $entry;
}
/**
* @param int $count
* @return string
*/
function select_plural_form( $count ) {
return $this->gettext_select_plural_form( $count );
}
/**
* @return int
*/
function get_plural_forms_count() {
return $this->_nplurals;
}
}
endif;
class-walker-page-dropdown.php 0000666 00000004373 15213302760 0012423 0 ustar 00 'post_parent',
'id' => 'ID',
);
/**
* Starts the element output.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*
* @see Walker::start_el()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content. Passed by reference.
* @param WP_Post $page Page data object.
* @param int $depth Optional. Depth of page in reference to parent pages. Used for padding.
* Default 0.
* @param array $args Optional. Uses 'selected' argument for selected page to set selected HTML
* attribute for option element. Uses 'value_field' argument to fill "value"
* attribute. See wp_dropdown_pages(). Default empty array.
* @param int $id Optional. ID of the current page. Default 0 (unused).
*/
public function start_el( &$output, $page, $depth = 0, $args = array(), $id = 0 ) {
$pad = str_repeat( ' ', $depth * 3 );
if ( ! isset( $args['value_field'] ) || ! isset( $page->{$args['value_field']} ) ) {
$args['value_field'] = 'ID';
}
$output .= "\t\n";
}
}
class-wp-widget-factory.php 0000666 00000005074 15213302760 0011745 0 ustar 00 widgets[ spl_object_hash( $widget ) ] = $widget;
} else {
$this->widgets[ $widget ] = new $widget();
}
}
/**
* Un-registers a widget subclass.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 4.6.0 Updated the `$widget` parameter to also accept a WP_Widget instance object
* instead of simply a `WP_Widget` subclass name.
*
* @param string|WP_Widget $widget Either the name of a `WP_Widget` subclass or an instance of a `WP_Widget` subclass.
*/
public function unregister( $widget ) {
if ( $widget instanceof WP_Widget ) {
unset( $this->widgets[ spl_object_hash( $widget ) ] );
} else {
unset( $this->widgets[ $widget ] );
}
}
/**
* Serves as a utility method for adding widgets to the registered widgets global.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
*/
public function _register_widgets() {
global $wp_registered_widgets;
$keys = array_keys( $this->widgets );
$registered = array_keys( $wp_registered_widgets );
$registered = array_map( '_get_widget_id_base', $registered );
foreach ( $keys as $key ) {
// Don't register new widget if old widget with the same id is already registered.
if ( in_array( $this->widgets[ $key ]->id_base, $registered, true ) ) {
unset( $this->widgets[ $key ] );
continue;
}
$this->widgets[ $key ]->_register();
}
}
}
wp-diff.php 0000666 00000001207 15213302760 0006614 0 ustar 00 '; ?>
id',
$sidebar['name'],
$sidebar['id']
),
'4.2.0'
);
}
$wp_registered_sidebars[ $sidebar['id'] ] = $sidebar;
add_theme_support( 'widgets' );
/**
* Fires once a sidebar has been registered.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $sidebar Parsed arguments for the registered sidebar.
*/
do_action( 'register_sidebar', $sidebar );
return $sidebar['id'];
}
/**
* Removes a sidebar from the list.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Removes the sidebar from this array by sidebar ID.
*
* @param string|int $sidebar_id The ID of the sidebar when it was registered.
*/
function unregister_sidebar( $sidebar_id ) {
global $wp_registered_sidebars;
unset( $wp_registered_sidebars[ $sidebar_id ] );
}
/**
* Checks if a sidebar is registered.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Registered sidebars.
*
* @param string|int $sidebar_id The ID of the sidebar when it was registered.
* @return bool True if the sidebar is registered, false otherwise.
*/
function is_registered_sidebar( $sidebar_id ) {
global $wp_registered_sidebars;
return isset( $wp_registered_sidebars[ $sidebar_id ] );
}
/**
* Register an instance of a widget.
*
* The default widget option is 'classname' that can be overridden.
*
* The function can also be used to un-register widgets when `$output_callback`
* parameter is an empty string.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$params` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets Uses stored registered widgets.
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_controls Stores the registered widget controls (options).
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_updates
* @global array $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks
*
* @param int|string $id Widget ID.
* @param string $name Widget display title.
* @param callable $output_callback Run when widget is called.
* @param array $options {
* Optional. An array of supplementary widget options for the instance.
*
* @type string $classname Class name for the widget's HTML container. Default is a shortened
* version of the output callback name.
* @type string $description Widget description for display in the widget administration
* panel and/or theme.
* }
* @param mixed ...$params Optional additional parameters to pass to the callback function when it's called.
*/
function wp_register_sidebar_widget( $id, $name, $output_callback, $options = array(), ...$params ) {
global $wp_registered_widgets, $wp_registered_widget_controls, $wp_registered_widget_updates, $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks;
$id = strtolower( $id );
if ( empty( $output_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] );
return;
}
$id_base = _get_widget_id_base( $id );
if ( in_array( $output_callback, $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks, true ) && ! is_callable( $output_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] );
unset( $wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] );
return;
}
$defaults = array( 'classname' => $output_callback );
$options = wp_parse_args( $options, $defaults );
$widget = array(
'name' => $name,
'id' => $id,
'callback' => $output_callback,
'params' => $params,
);
$widget = array_merge( $widget, $options );
if ( is_callable( $output_callback ) && ( ! isset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] ) || did_action( 'widgets_init' ) ) ) {
/**
* Fires once for each registered widget.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $widget An array of default widget arguments.
*/
do_action( 'wp_register_sidebar_widget', $widget );
$wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] = $widget;
}
}
/**
* Retrieve description for widget.
*
* When registering widgets, the options can also include 'description' that
* describes the widget for display on the widget administration panel or
* in the theme.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
*
* @param int|string $id Widget ID.
* @return string|void Widget description, if available.
*/
function wp_widget_description( $id ) {
if ( ! is_scalar( $id ) ) {
return;
}
global $wp_registered_widgets;
if ( isset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['description'] ) ) {
return esc_html( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['description'] );
}
}
/**
* Retrieve description for a sidebar.
*
* When registering sidebars a 'description' parameter can be included that
* describes the sidebar for display on the widget administration panel.
*
* @since 2.9.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Registered sidebars.
*
* @param string $id sidebar ID.
* @return string|void Sidebar description, if available.
*/
function wp_sidebar_description( $id ) {
if ( ! is_scalar( $id ) ) {
return;
}
global $wp_registered_sidebars;
if ( isset( $wp_registered_sidebars[ $id ]['description'] ) ) {
return wp_kses( $wp_registered_sidebars[ $id ]['description'], 'sidebar_description' );
}
}
/**
* Remove widget from sidebar.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param int|string $id Widget ID.
*/
function wp_unregister_sidebar_widget( $id ) {
/**
* Fires just before a widget is removed from a sidebar.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param int $id The widget ID.
*/
do_action( 'wp_unregister_sidebar_widget', $id );
wp_register_sidebar_widget( $id, '', '' );
wp_unregister_widget_control( $id );
}
/**
* Registers widget control callback for customizing options.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$params` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_controls
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_updates
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
* @global array $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks
*
* @param int|string $id Sidebar ID.
* @param string $name Sidebar display name.
* @param callable $control_callback Run when sidebar is displayed.
* @param array $options {
* Optional. Array or string of control options. Default empty array.
*
* @type int $height Never used. Default 200.
* @type int $width Width of the fully expanded control form (but try hard to use the default width).
* Default 250.
* @type int|string $id_base Required for multi-widgets, i.e widgets that allow multiple instances such as the
* text widget. The widget id will end up looking like `{$id_base}-{$unique_number}`.
* }
* @param mixed ...$params Optional additional parameters to pass to the callback function when it's called.
*/
function wp_register_widget_control( $id, $name, $control_callback, $options = array(), ...$params ) {
global $wp_registered_widget_controls, $wp_registered_widget_updates, $wp_registered_widgets, $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks;
$id = strtolower( $id );
$id_base = _get_widget_id_base( $id );
if ( empty( $control_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] );
unset( $wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] );
return;
}
if ( in_array( $control_callback, $_wp_deprecated_widgets_callbacks, true ) && ! is_callable( $control_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] );
return;
}
if ( isset( $wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] ) && ! did_action( 'widgets_init' ) ) {
return;
}
$defaults = array(
'width' => 250,
'height' => 200,
); // Height is never used.
$options = wp_parse_args( $options, $defaults );
$options['width'] = (int) $options['width'];
$options['height'] = (int) $options['height'];
$widget = array(
'name' => $name,
'id' => $id,
'callback' => $control_callback,
'params' => $params,
);
$widget = array_merge( $widget, $options );
$wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] = $widget;
if ( isset( $wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] ) ) {
return;
}
if ( isset( $widget['params'][0]['number'] ) ) {
$widget['params'][0]['number'] = -1;
}
unset( $widget['width'], $widget['height'], $widget['name'], $widget['id'] );
$wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] = $widget;
}
/**
* Registers the update callback for a widget.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$params` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_updates
*
* @param string $id_base The base ID of a widget created by extending WP_Widget.
* @param callable $update_callback Update callback method for the widget.
* @param array $options Optional. Widget control options. See wp_register_widget_control().
* Default empty array.
* @param mixed ...$params Optional additional parameters to pass to the callback function when it's called.
*/
function _register_widget_update_callback( $id_base, $update_callback, $options = array(), ...$params ) {
global $wp_registered_widget_updates;
if ( isset( $wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] ) ) {
if ( empty( $update_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] );
}
return;
}
$widget = array(
'callback' => $update_callback,
'params' => $params,
);
$widget = array_merge( $widget, $options );
$wp_registered_widget_updates[ $id_base ] = $widget;
}
/**
* Registers the form callback for a widget.
*
* @since 2.8.0
* @since 5.3.0 Formalized the existing and already documented `...$params` parameter
* by adding it to the function signature.
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widget_controls
*
* @param int|string $id Widget ID.
* @param string $name Name attribute for the widget.
* @param callable $form_callback Form callback.
* @param array $options Optional. Widget control options. See wp_register_widget_control().
* Default empty array.
* @param mixed ...$params Optional additional parameters to pass to the callback function when it's called.
*/
function _register_widget_form_callback( $id, $name, $form_callback, $options = array(), ...$params ) {
global $wp_registered_widget_controls;
$id = strtolower( $id );
if ( empty( $form_callback ) ) {
unset( $wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] );
return;
}
if ( isset( $wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] ) && ! did_action( 'widgets_init' ) ) {
return;
}
$defaults = array(
'width' => 250,
'height' => 200,
);
$options = wp_parse_args( $options, $defaults );
$options['width'] = (int) $options['width'];
$options['height'] = (int) $options['height'];
$widget = array(
'name' => $name,
'id' => $id,
'callback' => $form_callback,
'params' => $params,
);
$widget = array_merge( $widget, $options );
$wp_registered_widget_controls[ $id ] = $widget;
}
/**
* Remove control callback for widget.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @param int|string $id Widget ID.
*/
function wp_unregister_widget_control( $id ) {
wp_register_widget_control( $id, '', '' );
}
/**
* Display dynamic sidebar.
*
* By default this displays the default sidebar or 'sidebar-1'. If your theme specifies the 'id' or
* 'name' parameter for its registered sidebars you can pass an id or name as the $index parameter.
* Otherwise, you can pass in a numerical index to display the sidebar at that index.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Registered sidebars.
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
*
* @param int|string $index Optional, default is 1. Index, name or ID of dynamic sidebar.
* @return bool True, if widget sidebar was found and called. False if not found or not called.
*/
function dynamic_sidebar( $index = 1 ) {
global $wp_registered_sidebars, $wp_registered_widgets;
if ( is_int( $index ) ) {
$index = "sidebar-$index";
} else {
$index = sanitize_title( $index );
foreach ( (array) $wp_registered_sidebars as $key => $value ) {
if ( sanitize_title( $value['name'] ) === $index ) {
$index = $key;
break;
}
}
}
$sidebars_widgets = wp_get_sidebars_widgets();
if ( empty( $wp_registered_sidebars[ $index ] ) || empty( $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] ) || ! is_array( $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] ) ) {
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/widget.php */
do_action( 'dynamic_sidebar_before', $index, false );
/** This action is documented in wp-includes/widget.php */
do_action( 'dynamic_sidebar_after', $index, false );
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/widget.php */
return apply_filters( 'dynamic_sidebar_has_widgets', false, $index );
}
/**
* Fires before widgets are rendered in a dynamic sidebar.
*
* Note: The action also fires for empty sidebars, and on both the front end
* and back end, including the Inactive Widgets sidebar on the Widgets screen.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param int|string $index Index, name, or ID of the dynamic sidebar.
* @param bool $has_widgets Whether the sidebar is populated with widgets.
* Default true.
*/
do_action( 'dynamic_sidebar_before', $index, true );
$sidebar = $wp_registered_sidebars[ $index ];
$did_one = false;
foreach ( (array) $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] as $id ) {
if ( ! isset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] ) ) {
continue;
}
$params = array_merge(
array(
array_merge(
$sidebar,
array(
'widget_id' => $id,
'widget_name' => $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['name'],
)
),
),
(array) $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['params']
);
// Substitute HTML `id` and `class` attributes into `before_widget`.
$classname_ = '';
foreach ( (array) $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['classname'] as $cn ) {
if ( is_string( $cn ) ) {
$classname_ .= '_' . $cn;
} elseif ( is_object( $cn ) ) {
$classname_ .= '_' . get_class( $cn );
}
}
$classname_ = ltrim( $classname_, '_' );
$params[0]['before_widget'] = sprintf( $params[0]['before_widget'], $id, $classname_ );
/**
* Filters the parameters passed to a widget's display callback.
*
* Note: The filter is evaluated on both the front end and back end,
* including for the Inactive Widgets sidebar on the Widgets screen.
*
* @since 2.5.0
*
* @see register_sidebar()
*
* @param array $params {
* @type array $args {
* An array of widget display arguments.
*
* @type string $name Name of the sidebar the widget is assigned to.
* @type string $id ID of the sidebar the widget is assigned to.
* @type string $description The sidebar description.
* @type string $class CSS class applied to the sidebar container.
* @type string $before_widget HTML markup to prepend to each widget in the sidebar.
* @type string $after_widget HTML markup to append to each widget in the sidebar.
* @type string $before_title HTML markup to prepend to the widget title when displayed.
* @type string $after_title HTML markup to append to the widget title when displayed.
* @type string $widget_id ID of the widget.
* @type string $widget_name Name of the widget.
* }
* @type array $widget_args {
* An array of multi-widget arguments.
*
* @type int $number Number increment used for multiples of the same widget.
* }
* }
*/
$params = apply_filters( 'dynamic_sidebar_params', $params );
$callback = $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ]['callback'];
/**
* Fires before a widget's display callback is called.
*
* Note: The action fires on both the front end and back end, including
* for widgets in the Inactive Widgets sidebar on the Widgets screen.
*
* The action is not fired for empty sidebars.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @param array $widget_id {
* An associative array of widget arguments.
*
* @type string $name Name of the widget.
* @type string $id Widget ID.
* @type array|callable $callback When the hook is fired on the front end, $callback is an array
* containing the widget object. Fired on the back end, $callback
* is 'wp_widget_control', see $_callback.
* @type array $params An associative array of multi-widget arguments.
* @type string $classname CSS class applied to the widget container.
* @type string $description The widget description.
* @type array $_callback When the hook is fired on the back end, $_callback is populated
* with an array containing the widget object, see $callback.
* }
*/
do_action( 'dynamic_sidebar', $wp_registered_widgets[ $id ] );
if ( is_callable( $callback ) ) {
call_user_func_array( $callback, $params );
$did_one = true;
}
}
/**
* Fires after widgets are rendered in a dynamic sidebar.
*
* Note: The action also fires for empty sidebars, and on both the front end
* and back end, including the Inactive Widgets sidebar on the Widgets screen.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param int|string $index Index, name, or ID of the dynamic sidebar.
* @param bool $has_widgets Whether the sidebar is populated with widgets.
* Default true.
*/
do_action( 'dynamic_sidebar_after', $index, true );
/**
* Filters whether a sidebar has widgets.
*
* Note: The filter is also evaluated for empty sidebars, and on both the front end
* and back end, including the Inactive Widgets sidebar on the Widgets screen.
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param bool $did_one Whether at least one widget was rendered in the sidebar.
* Default false.
* @param int|string $index Index, name, or ID of the dynamic sidebar.
*/
return apply_filters( 'dynamic_sidebar_has_widgets', $did_one, $index );
}
/**
* Determines whether a given widget is displayed on the front end.
*
* Either $callback or $id_base can be used
* $id_base is the first argument when extending WP_Widget class
* Without the optional $widget_id parameter, returns the ID of the first sidebar
* in which the first instance of the widget with the given callback or $id_base is found.
* With the $widget_id parameter, returns the ID of the sidebar where
* the widget with that callback/$id_base AND that ID is found.
*
* NOTE: $widget_id and $id_base are the same for single widgets. To be effective
* this function has to run after widgets have initialized, at action {@see 'init'} or later.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
*
* @param string|false $callback Optional, Widget callback to check. Default false.
* @param int|false $widget_id Optional. Widget ID. Optional, but needed for checking. Default false.
* @param string|false $id_base Optional. The base ID of a widget created by extending WP_Widget. Default false.
* @param bool $skip_inactive Optional. Whether to check in 'wp_inactive_widgets'. Default true.
* @return string|false False if widget is not active or id of sidebar in which the widget is active.
*/
function is_active_widget( $callback = false, $widget_id = false, $id_base = false, $skip_inactive = true ) {
global $wp_registered_widgets;
$sidebars_widgets = wp_get_sidebars_widgets();
if ( is_array( $sidebars_widgets ) ) {
foreach ( $sidebars_widgets as $sidebar => $widgets ) {
if ( $skip_inactive && ( 'wp_inactive_widgets' === $sidebar || 'orphaned_widgets' === substr( $sidebar, 0, 16 ) ) ) {
continue;
}
if ( is_array( $widgets ) ) {
foreach ( $widgets as $widget ) {
if ( ( $callback && isset( $wp_registered_widgets[ $widget ]['callback'] ) && $wp_registered_widgets[ $widget ]['callback'] === $callback ) || ( $id_base && _get_widget_id_base( $widget ) === $id_base ) ) {
if ( ! $widget_id || $widget_id === $wp_registered_widgets[ $widget ]['id'] ) {
return $sidebar;
}
}
}
}
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Determines whether the dynamic sidebar is enabled and used by the theme.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global array $wp_registered_widgets
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Registered sidebars.
*
* @return bool True, if using widgets. False, if not using widgets.
*/
function is_dynamic_sidebar() {
global $wp_registered_widgets, $wp_registered_sidebars;
$sidebars_widgets = get_option( 'sidebars_widgets' );
foreach ( (array) $wp_registered_sidebars as $index => $sidebar ) {
if ( ! empty( $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] ) ) {
foreach ( (array) $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] as $widget ) {
if ( array_key_exists( $widget, $wp_registered_widgets ) ) {
return true;
}
}
}
}
return false;
}
/**
* Determines whether a sidebar is in use.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @param string|int $index Sidebar name, id or number to check.
* @return bool true if the sidebar is in use, false otherwise.
*/
function is_active_sidebar( $index ) {
$index = ( is_int( $index ) ) ? "sidebar-$index" : sanitize_title( $index );
$sidebars_widgets = wp_get_sidebars_widgets();
$is_active_sidebar = ! empty( $sidebars_widgets[ $index ] );
/**
* Filters whether a dynamic sidebar is considered "active".
*
* @since 3.9.0
*
* @param bool $is_active_sidebar Whether or not the sidebar should be considered "active".
* In other words, whether the sidebar contains any widgets.
* @param int|string $index Index, name, or ID of the dynamic sidebar.
*/
return apply_filters( 'is_active_sidebar', $is_active_sidebar, $index );
}
//
// Internal Functions.
//
/**
* Retrieve full list of sidebars and their widget instance IDs.
*
* Will upgrade sidebar widget list, if needed. Will also save updated list, if
* needed.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @access private
*
* @global array $_wp_sidebars_widgets
* @global array $sidebars_widgets
*
* @param bool $deprecated Not used (argument deprecated).
* @return array Upgraded list of widgets to version 3 array format when called from the admin.
*/
function wp_get_sidebars_widgets( $deprecated = true ) {
if ( true !== $deprecated ) {
_deprecated_argument( __FUNCTION__, '2.8.1' );
}
global $_wp_sidebars_widgets, $sidebars_widgets;
// If loading from front page, consult $_wp_sidebars_widgets rather than options
// to see if wp_convert_widget_settings() has made manipulations in memory.
if ( ! is_admin() ) {
if ( empty( $_wp_sidebars_widgets ) ) {
$_wp_sidebars_widgets = get_option( 'sidebars_widgets', array() );
}
$sidebars_widgets = $_wp_sidebars_widgets;
} else {
$sidebars_widgets = get_option( 'sidebars_widgets', array() );
}
if ( is_array( $sidebars_widgets ) && isset( $sidebars_widgets['array_version'] ) ) {
unset( $sidebars_widgets['array_version'] );
}
/**
* Filters the list of sidebars and their widgets.
*
* @since 2.7.0
*
* @param array $sidebars_widgets An associative array of sidebars and their widgets.
*/
return apply_filters( 'sidebars_widgets', $sidebars_widgets );
}
/**
* Set the sidebar widget option to update sidebars.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @access private
*
* @global array $_wp_sidebars_widgets
* @param array $sidebars_widgets Sidebar widgets and their settings.
*/
function wp_set_sidebars_widgets( $sidebars_widgets ) {
global $_wp_sidebars_widgets;
// Clear cached value used in wp_get_sidebars_widgets().
$_wp_sidebars_widgets = null;
if ( ! isset( $sidebars_widgets['array_version'] ) ) {
$sidebars_widgets['array_version'] = 3;
}
update_option( 'sidebars_widgets', $sidebars_widgets );
}
/**
* Retrieve default registered sidebars list.
*
* @since 2.2.0
* @access private
*
* @global array $wp_registered_sidebars Registered sidebars.
*
* @return array
*/
function wp_get_widget_defaults() {
global $wp_registered_sidebars;
$defaults = array();
foreach ( (array) $wp_registered_sidebars as $index => $sidebar ) {
$defaults[ $index ] = array();
}
return $defaults;
}
/**
* Convert the widget settings from single to multi-widget format.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @global array $_wp_sidebars_widgets
*
* @param string $base_name
* @param string $option_name
* @param array $settings
* @return array
*/
function wp_convert_widget_settings( $base_name, $option_name, $settings ) {
// This test may need expanding.
$single = false;
$changed = false;
if ( empty( $settings ) ) {
$single = true;
} else {
foreach ( array_keys( $settings ) as $number ) {
if ( 'number' === $number ) {
continue;
}
if ( ! is_numeric( $number ) ) {
$single = true;
break;
}
}
}
if ( $single ) {
$settings = array( 2 => $settings );
// If loading from the front page, update sidebar in memory but don't save to options.
if ( is_admin() ) {
$sidebars_widgets = get_option( 'sidebars_widgets' );
} else {
if ( empty( $GLOBALS['_wp_sidebars_widgets'] ) ) {
$GLOBALS['_wp_sidebars_widgets'] = get_option( 'sidebars_widgets', array() );
}
$sidebars_widgets = &$GLOBALS['_wp_sidebars_widgets'];
}
foreach ( (array) $sidebars_widgets as $index => $sidebar ) {
if ( is_array( $sidebar ) ) {
foreach ( $sidebar as $i => $name ) {
if ( $base_name === $name ) {
$sidebars_widgets[ $index ][ $i ] = "$name-2";
$changed = true;
break 2;
}
}
}
}
if ( is_admin() && $changed ) {
update_option( 'sidebars_widgets', $sidebars_widgets );
}
}
$settings['_multiwidget'] = 1;
if ( is_admin() ) {
update_option( $option_name, $settings );
}
return $settings;
}
/**
* Output an arbitrary widget as a template tag.
*
* @since 2.8.0
*
* @global WP_Widget_Factory $wp_widget_factory
*
* @param string $widget The widget's PHP class name (see class-wp-widget.php).
* @param array $instance Optional. The widget's instance settings. Default empty array.
* @param array $args {
* Optional. Array of arguments to configure the display of the widget.
*
* @type string $before_widget HTML content that will be prepended to the widget's HTML output.
* Default ``.
* @type string $before_title HTML content that will be prepended to the widget's title when displayed.
* Default `register_widget()'
),
'4.9.0'
);
return;
}
$widget_obj = $wp_widget_factory->widgets[ $widget ];
if ( ! ( $widget_obj instanceof WP_Widget ) ) {
return;
}
$default_args = array(
'before_widget' => '',
'before_title' => '' . __( 'RSS Error:' ) . ' ' . esc_html( $rss->get_error_message() ) . '
'; } return; } $default_args = array( 'show_author' => 0, 'show_date' => 0, 'show_summary' => 0, 'items' => 0, ); $args = wp_parse_args( $args, $default_args ); $items = (int) $args['items']; if ( $items < 1 || 20 < $items ) { $items = 10; } $show_summary = (int) $args['show_summary']; $show_author = (int) $args['show_author']; $show_date = (int) $args['show_date']; if ( ! $rss->get_item_quantity() ) { echo '
/>
/>
/>
get_error_message(); } else { $link = esc_url( strip_tags( $rss->get_permalink() ) ); while ( stristr( $link, 'http' ) !== $link ) { $link = substr( $link, 1 ); } $rss->__destruct(); unset( $rss ); } } return compact( 'title', 'url', 'link', 'items', 'error', 'show_summary', 'show_author', 'show_date' ); } /** * Registers all of the default WordPress widgets on startup. * * Calls {@see 'widgets_init'} action after all of the WordPress widgets have been registered. * * @since 2.2.0 */ function wp_widgets_init() { if ( ! is_blog_installed() ) { return; } register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Pages' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Calendar' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Archives' ); if ( get_option( 'link_manager_enabled' ) ) { register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Links' ); } register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Media_Audio' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Media_Image' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Media_Gallery' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Media_Video' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Meta' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Search' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Text' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Categories' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Recent_Posts' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Recent_Comments' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_RSS' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Tag_Cloud' ); register_widget( 'WP_Nav_Menu_Widget' ); register_widget( 'WP_Widget_Custom_HTML' ); /** * Fires after all default WordPress widgets have been registered. * * @since 2.2.0 */ do_action( 'widgets_init' ); } class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php 0000666 00000632615 15213302760 0011635 0 ustar 00 methods = array( // WordPress API. 'wp.getUsersBlogs' => 'this:wp_getUsersBlogs', 'wp.newPost' => 'this:wp_newPost', 'wp.editPost' => 'this:wp_editPost', 'wp.deletePost' => 'this:wp_deletePost', 'wp.getPost' => 'this:wp_getPost', 'wp.getPosts' => 'this:wp_getPosts', 'wp.newTerm' => 'this:wp_newTerm', 'wp.editTerm' => 'this:wp_editTerm', 'wp.deleteTerm' => 'this:wp_deleteTerm', 'wp.getTerm' => 'this:wp_getTerm', 'wp.getTerms' => 'this:wp_getTerms', 'wp.getTaxonomy' => 'this:wp_getTaxonomy', 'wp.getTaxonomies' => 'this:wp_getTaxonomies', 'wp.getUser' => 'this:wp_getUser', 'wp.getUsers' => 'this:wp_getUsers', 'wp.getProfile' => 'this:wp_getProfile', 'wp.editProfile' => 'this:wp_editProfile', 'wp.getPage' => 'this:wp_getPage', 'wp.getPages' => 'this:wp_getPages', 'wp.newPage' => 'this:wp_newPage', 'wp.deletePage' => 'this:wp_deletePage', 'wp.editPage' => 'this:wp_editPage', 'wp.getPageList' => 'this:wp_getPageList', 'wp.getAuthors' => 'this:wp_getAuthors', 'wp.getCategories' => 'this:mw_getCategories', // Alias. 'wp.getTags' => 'this:wp_getTags', 'wp.newCategory' => 'this:wp_newCategory', 'wp.deleteCategory' => 'this:wp_deleteCategory', 'wp.suggestCategories' => 'this:wp_suggestCategories', 'wp.uploadFile' => 'this:mw_newMediaObject', // Alias. 'wp.deleteFile' => 'this:wp_deletePost', // Alias. 'wp.getCommentCount' => 'this:wp_getCommentCount', 'wp.getPostStatusList' => 'this:wp_getPostStatusList', 'wp.getPageStatusList' => 'this:wp_getPageStatusList', 'wp.getPageTemplates' => 'this:wp_getPageTemplates', 'wp.getOptions' => 'this:wp_getOptions', 'wp.setOptions' => 'this:wp_setOptions', 'wp.getComment' => 'this:wp_getComment', 'wp.getComments' => 'this:wp_getComments', 'wp.deleteComment' => 'this:wp_deleteComment', 'wp.editComment' => 'this:wp_editComment', 'wp.newComment' => 'this:wp_newComment', 'wp.getCommentStatusList' => 'this:wp_getCommentStatusList', 'wp.getMediaItem' => 'this:wp_getMediaItem', 'wp.getMediaLibrary' => 'this:wp_getMediaLibrary', 'wp.getPostFormats' => 'this:wp_getPostFormats', 'wp.getPostType' => 'this:wp_getPostType', 'wp.getPostTypes' => 'this:wp_getPostTypes', 'wp.getRevisions' => 'this:wp_getRevisions', 'wp.restoreRevision' => 'this:wp_restoreRevision', // Blogger API. 'blogger.getUsersBlogs' => 'this:blogger_getUsersBlogs', 'blogger.getUserInfo' => 'this:blogger_getUserInfo', 'blogger.getPost' => 'this:blogger_getPost', 'blogger.getRecentPosts' => 'this:blogger_getRecentPosts', 'blogger.newPost' => 'this:blogger_newPost', 'blogger.editPost' => 'this:blogger_editPost', 'blogger.deletePost' => 'this:blogger_deletePost', // MetaWeblog API (with MT extensions to structs). 'metaWeblog.newPost' => 'this:mw_newPost', 'metaWeblog.editPost' => 'this:mw_editPost', 'metaWeblog.getPost' => 'this:mw_getPost', 'metaWeblog.getRecentPosts' => 'this:mw_getRecentPosts', 'metaWeblog.getCategories' => 'this:mw_getCategories', 'metaWeblog.newMediaObject' => 'this:mw_newMediaObject', // MetaWeblog API aliases for Blogger API. // See http://www.xmlrpc.com/stories/storyReader$2460 'metaWeblog.deletePost' => 'this:blogger_deletePost', 'metaWeblog.getUsersBlogs' => 'this:blogger_getUsersBlogs', // MovableType API. 'mt.getCategoryList' => 'this:mt_getCategoryList', 'mt.getRecentPostTitles' => 'this:mt_getRecentPostTitles', 'mt.getPostCategories' => 'this:mt_getPostCategories', 'mt.setPostCategories' => 'this:mt_setPostCategories', 'mt.supportedMethods' => 'this:mt_supportedMethods', 'mt.supportedTextFilters' => 'this:mt_supportedTextFilters', 'mt.getTrackbackPings' => 'this:mt_getTrackbackPings', 'mt.publishPost' => 'this:mt_publishPost', // Pingback. 'pingback.ping' => 'this:pingback_ping', 'pingback.extensions.getPingbacks' => 'this:pingback_extensions_getPingbacks', 'demo.sayHello' => 'this:sayHello', 'demo.addTwoNumbers' => 'this:addTwoNumbers', ); $this->initialise_blog_option_info(); /** * Filters the methods exposed by the XML-RPC server. * * This filter can be used to add new methods, and remove built-in methods. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @param string[] $methods An array of XML-RPC methods, keyed by their methodName. */ $this->methods = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_methods', $this->methods ); } /** * Make private/protected methods readable for backward compatibility. * * @since 4.0.0 * * @param string $name Method to call. * @param array $arguments Arguments to pass when calling. * @return array|IXR_Error|false Return value of the callback, false otherwise. */ public function __call( $name, $arguments ) { if ( '_multisite_getUsersBlogs' === $name ) { return $this->_multisite_getUsersBlogs( ...$arguments ); } return false; } /** * Serves the XML-RPC request. * * @since 2.9.0 */ public function serve_request() { $this->IXR_Server( $this->methods ); } /** * Test XMLRPC API by saying, "Hello!" to client. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @return string Hello string response. */ public function sayHello() { return 'Hello!'; } /** * Test XMLRPC API by adding two numbers for client. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $number1 A number to add. * @type int $number2 A second number to add. * } * @return int Sum of the two given numbers. */ public function addTwoNumbers( $args ) { $number1 = $args[0]; $number2 = $args[1]; return $number1 + $number2; } /** * Log user in. * * @since 2.8.0 * * @param string $username User's username. * @param string $password User's password. * @return WP_User|bool WP_User object if authentication passed, false otherwise */ public function login( $username, $password ) { /* * Respect old get_option() filters left for back-compat when the 'enable_xmlrpc' * option was deprecated in 3.5.0. Use the 'xmlrpc_enabled' hook instead. */ $enabled = apply_filters( 'pre_option_enable_xmlrpc', false ); if ( false === $enabled ) { $enabled = apply_filters( 'option_enable_xmlrpc', true ); } /** * Filters whether XML-RPC methods requiring authentication are enabled. * * Contrary to the way it's named, this filter does not control whether XML-RPC is *fully* * enabled, rather, it only controls whether XML-RPC methods requiring authentication - such * as for publishing purposes - are enabled. * * Further, the filter does not control whether pingbacks or other custom endpoints that don't * require authentication are enabled. This behavior is expected, and due to how parity was matched * with the `enable_xmlrpc` UI option the filter replaced when it was introduced in 3.5. * * To disable XML-RPC methods that require authentication, use: * * add_filter( 'xmlrpc_enabled', '__return_false' ); * * For more granular control over all XML-RPC methods and requests, see the {@see 'xmlrpc_methods'} * and {@see 'xmlrpc_element_limit'} hooks. * * @since 3.5.0 * * @param bool $enabled Whether XML-RPC is enabled. Default true. */ $enabled = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_enabled', $enabled ); if ( ! $enabled ) { $this->error = new IXR_Error( 405, sprintf( __( 'XML-RPC services are disabled on this site.' ) ) ); return false; } if ( $this->auth_failed ) { $user = new WP_Error( 'login_prevented' ); } else { $user = wp_authenticate( $username, $password ); } if ( is_wp_error( $user ) ) { $this->error = new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Incorrect username or password.' ) ); // Flag that authentication has failed once on this wp_xmlrpc_server instance. $this->auth_failed = true; /** * Filters the XML-RPC user login error message. * * @since 3.5.0 * * @param string $error The XML-RPC error message. * @param WP_Error $user WP_Error object. */ $this->error = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_login_error', $this->error, $user ); return false; } wp_set_current_user( $user->ID ); return $user; } /** * Check user's credentials. Deprecated. * * @since 1.5.0 * @deprecated 2.8.0 Use wp_xmlrpc_server::login() * @see wp_xmlrpc_server::login() * * @param string $username User's username. * @param string $password User's password. * @return bool Whether authentication passed. */ public function login_pass_ok( $username, $password ) { return (bool) $this->login( $username, $password ); } /** * Escape string or array of strings for database. * * @since 1.5.2 * * @param string|array $data Escape single string or array of strings. * @return string|void Returns with string is passed, alters by-reference * when array is passed. */ public function escape( &$data ) { if ( ! is_array( $data ) ) { return wp_slash( $data ); } foreach ( $data as &$v ) { if ( is_array( $v ) ) { $this->escape( $v ); } elseif ( ! is_object( $v ) ) { $v = wp_slash( $v ); } } } /** * Retrieve custom fields for post. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param int $post_id Post ID. * @return array Custom fields, if exist. */ public function get_custom_fields( $post_id ) { $post_id = (int) $post_id; $custom_fields = array(); foreach ( (array) has_meta( $post_id ) as $meta ) { // Don't expose protected fields. if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post_meta', $post_id, $meta['meta_key'] ) ) { continue; } $custom_fields[] = array( 'id' => $meta['meta_id'], 'key' => $meta['meta_key'], 'value' => $meta['meta_value'], ); } return $custom_fields; } /** * Set custom fields for post. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param int $post_id Post ID. * @param array $fields Custom fields. */ public function set_custom_fields( $post_id, $fields ) { $post_id = (int) $post_id; foreach ( (array) $fields as $meta ) { if ( isset( $meta['id'] ) ) { $meta['id'] = (int) $meta['id']; $pmeta = get_metadata_by_mid( 'post', $meta['id'] ); if ( ! $pmeta || $pmeta->post_id != $post_id ) { continue; } if ( isset( $meta['key'] ) ) { $meta['key'] = wp_unslash( $meta['key'] ); if ( $meta['key'] !== $pmeta->meta_key ) { continue; } $meta['value'] = wp_unslash( $meta['value'] ); if ( current_user_can( 'edit_post_meta', $post_id, $meta['key'] ) ) { update_metadata_by_mid( 'post', $meta['id'], $meta['value'] ); } } elseif ( current_user_can( 'delete_post_meta', $post_id, $pmeta->meta_key ) ) { delete_metadata_by_mid( 'post', $meta['id'] ); } } elseif ( current_user_can( 'add_post_meta', $post_id, wp_unslash( $meta['key'] ) ) ) { add_post_meta( $post_id, $meta['key'], $meta['value'] ); } } } /** * Retrieve custom fields for a term. * * @since 4.9.0 * * @param int $term_id Term ID. * @return array Array of custom fields, if they exist. */ public function get_term_custom_fields( $term_id ) { $term_id = (int) $term_id; $custom_fields = array(); foreach ( (array) has_term_meta( $term_id ) as $meta ) { if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_term_meta', $term_id ) ) { continue; } $custom_fields[] = array( 'id' => $meta['meta_id'], 'key' => $meta['meta_key'], 'value' => $meta['meta_value'], ); } return $custom_fields; } /** * Set custom fields for a term. * * @since 4.9.0 * * @param int $term_id Term ID. * @param array $fields Custom fields. */ public function set_term_custom_fields( $term_id, $fields ) { $term_id = (int) $term_id; foreach ( (array) $fields as $meta ) { if ( isset( $meta['id'] ) ) { $meta['id'] = (int) $meta['id']; $pmeta = get_metadata_by_mid( 'term', $meta['id'] ); if ( isset( $meta['key'] ) ) { $meta['key'] = wp_unslash( $meta['key'] ); if ( $meta['key'] !== $pmeta->meta_key ) { continue; } $meta['value'] = wp_unslash( $meta['value'] ); if ( current_user_can( 'edit_term_meta', $term_id ) ) { update_metadata_by_mid( 'term', $meta['id'], $meta['value'] ); } } elseif ( current_user_can( 'delete_term_meta', $term_id ) ) { delete_metadata_by_mid( 'term', $meta['id'] ); } } elseif ( current_user_can( 'add_term_meta', $term_id ) ) { add_term_meta( $term_id, $meta['key'], $meta['value'] ); } } } /** * Set up blog options property. * * Passes property through {@see 'xmlrpc_blog_options'} filter. * * @since 2.6.0 */ public function initialise_blog_option_info() { $this->blog_options = array( // Read-only options. 'software_name' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Software Name' ), 'readonly' => true, 'value' => 'WordPress', ), 'software_version' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Software Version' ), 'readonly' => true, 'value' => get_bloginfo( 'version' ), ), 'blog_url' => array( 'desc' => __( 'WordPress Address (URL)' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'siteurl', ), 'home_url' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Site Address (URL)' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'home', ), 'login_url' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Login Address (URL)' ), 'readonly' => true, 'value' => wp_login_url(), ), 'admin_url' => array( 'desc' => __( 'The URL to the admin area' ), 'readonly' => true, 'value' => get_admin_url(), ), 'image_default_link_type' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Image default link type' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'image_default_link_type', ), 'image_default_size' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Image default size' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'image_default_size', ), 'image_default_align' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Image default align' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'image_default_align', ), 'template' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Template' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'template', ), 'stylesheet' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Stylesheet' ), 'readonly' => true, 'option' => 'stylesheet', ), 'post_thumbnail' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Post Thumbnail' ), 'readonly' => true, 'value' => current_theme_supports( 'post-thumbnails' ), ), // Updatable options. 'time_zone' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Time Zone' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'gmt_offset', ), 'blog_title' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Site Title' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'blogname', ), 'blog_tagline' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Site Tagline' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'blogdescription', ), 'date_format' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Date Format' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'date_format', ), 'time_format' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Time Format' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'time_format', ), 'users_can_register' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Allow new users to sign up' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'users_can_register', ), 'thumbnail_size_w' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Thumbnail Width' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'thumbnail_size_w', ), 'thumbnail_size_h' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Thumbnail Height' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'thumbnail_size_h', ), 'thumbnail_crop' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Crop thumbnail to exact dimensions' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'thumbnail_crop', ), 'medium_size_w' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Medium size image width' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'medium_size_w', ), 'medium_size_h' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Medium size image height' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'medium_size_h', ), 'medium_large_size_w' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Medium-Large size image width' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'medium_large_size_w', ), 'medium_large_size_h' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Medium-Large size image height' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'medium_large_size_h', ), 'large_size_w' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Large size image width' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'large_size_w', ), 'large_size_h' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Large size image height' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'large_size_h', ), 'default_comment_status' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Allow people to submit comments on new posts.' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'default_comment_status', ), 'default_ping_status' => array( 'desc' => __( 'Allow link notifications from other blogs (pingbacks and trackbacks) on new posts.' ), 'readonly' => false, 'option' => 'default_ping_status', ), ); /** * Filters the XML-RPC blog options property. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $blog_options An array of XML-RPC blog options. */ $this->blog_options = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_blog_options', $this->blog_options ); } /** * Retrieve the blogs of the user. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * } * @return array|IXR_Error Array contains: * - 'isAdmin' * - 'isPrimary' - whether the blog is the user's primary blog * - 'url' * - 'blogid' * - 'blogName' * - 'xmlrpc' - url of xmlrpc endpoint */ public function wp_getUsersBlogs( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 2 ) ) { return $this->error; } // If this isn't on WPMU then just use blogger_getUsersBlogs(). if ( ! is_multisite() ) { array_unshift( $args, 1 ); return $this->blogger_getUsersBlogs( $args ); } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[0]; $password = $args[1]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** * Fires after the XML-RPC user has been authenticated but before the rest of * the method logic begins. * * All built-in XML-RPC methods use the action xmlrpc_call, with a parameter * equal to the method's name, e.g., wp.getUsersBlogs, wp.newPost, etc. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param string $name The method name. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getUsersBlogs' ); $blogs = (array) get_blogs_of_user( $user->ID ); $struct = array(); $primary_blog_id = 0; $active_blog = get_active_blog_for_user( $user->ID ); if ( $active_blog ) { $primary_blog_id = (int) $active_blog->blog_id; } foreach ( $blogs as $blog ) { // Don't include blogs that aren't hosted at this site. if ( get_current_network_id() != $blog->site_id ) { continue; } $blog_id = $blog->userblog_id; switch_to_blog( $blog_id ); $is_admin = current_user_can( 'manage_options' ); $is_primary = ( (int) $blog_id === $primary_blog_id ); $struct[] = array( 'isAdmin' => $is_admin, 'isPrimary' => $is_primary, 'url' => home_url( '/' ), 'blogid' => (string) $blog_id, 'blogName' => get_option( 'blogname' ), 'xmlrpc' => site_url( 'xmlrpc.php', 'rpc' ), ); restore_current_blog(); } return $struct; } /** * Checks if the method received at least the minimum number of arguments. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $args An array of arguments to check. * @param int $count Minimum number of arguments. * @return bool True if `$args` contains at least `$count` arguments, false otherwise. */ protected function minimum_args( $args, $count ) { if ( ! is_array( $args ) || count( $args ) < $count ) { $this->error = new IXR_Error( 400, __( 'Insufficient arguments passed to this XML-RPC method.' ) ); return false; } return true; } /** * Prepares taxonomy data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param object $taxonomy The unprepared taxonomy data. * @param array $fields The subset of taxonomy fields to return. * @return array The prepared taxonomy data. */ protected function _prepare_taxonomy( $taxonomy, $fields ) { $_taxonomy = array( 'name' => $taxonomy->name, 'label' => $taxonomy->label, 'hierarchical' => (bool) $taxonomy->hierarchical, 'public' => (bool) $taxonomy->public, 'show_ui' => (bool) $taxonomy->show_ui, '_builtin' => (bool) $taxonomy->_builtin, ); if ( in_array( 'labels', $fields ) ) { $_taxonomy['labels'] = (array) $taxonomy->labels; } if ( in_array( 'cap', $fields ) ) { $_taxonomy['cap'] = (array) $taxonomy->cap; } if ( in_array( 'menu', $fields ) ) { $_taxonomy['show_in_menu'] = (bool) $_taxonomy->show_in_menu; } if ( in_array( 'object_type', $fields ) ) { $_taxonomy['object_type'] = array_unique( (array) $taxonomy->object_type ); } /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given taxonomy. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_taxonomy An array of taxonomy data. * @param WP_Taxonomy $taxonomy Taxonomy object. * @param array $fields The subset of taxonomy fields to return. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_taxonomy', $_taxonomy, $taxonomy, $fields ); } /** * Prepares term data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param array|object $term The unprepared term data. * @return array The prepared term data. */ protected function _prepare_term( $term ) { $_term = $term; if ( ! is_array( $_term ) ) { $_term = get_object_vars( $_term ); } // For integers which may be larger than XML-RPC supports ensure we return strings. $_term['term_id'] = strval( $_term['term_id'] ); $_term['term_group'] = strval( $_term['term_group'] ); $_term['term_taxonomy_id'] = strval( $_term['term_taxonomy_id'] ); $_term['parent'] = strval( $_term['parent'] ); // Count we are happy to return as an integer because people really shouldn't use terms that much. $_term['count'] = intval( $_term['count'] ); // Get term meta. $_term['custom_fields'] = $this->get_term_custom_fields( $_term['term_id'] ); /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given term. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_term An array of term data. * @param array|object $term Term object or array. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_term', $_term, $term ); } /** * Convert a WordPress date string to an IXR_Date object. * * @param string $date Date string to convert. * @return IXR_Date IXR_Date object. */ protected function _convert_date( $date ) { if ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $date ) { return new IXR_Date( '00000000T00:00:00Z' ); } return new IXR_Date( mysql2date( 'Ymd\TH:i:s', $date, false ) ); } /** * Convert a WordPress GMT date string to an IXR_Date object. * * @param string $date_gmt WordPress GMT date string. * @param string $date Date string. * @return IXR_Date IXR_Date object. */ protected function _convert_date_gmt( $date_gmt, $date ) { if ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' !== $date && '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $date_gmt ) { return new IXR_Date( get_gmt_from_date( mysql2date( 'Y-m-d H:i:s', $date, false ), 'Ymd\TH:i:s' ) ); } return $this->_convert_date( $date_gmt ); } /** * Prepares post data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param array $post The unprepared post data. * @param array $fields The subset of post type fields to return. * @return array The prepared post data. */ protected function _prepare_post( $post, $fields ) { // Holds the data for this post. built up based on $fields. $_post = array( 'post_id' => strval( $post['ID'] ) ); // Prepare common post fields. $post_fields = array( 'post_title' => $post['post_title'], 'post_date' => $this->_convert_date( $post['post_date'] ), 'post_date_gmt' => $this->_convert_date_gmt( $post['post_date_gmt'], $post['post_date'] ), 'post_modified' => $this->_convert_date( $post['post_modified'] ), 'post_modified_gmt' => $this->_convert_date_gmt( $post['post_modified_gmt'], $post['post_modified'] ), 'post_status' => $post['post_status'], 'post_type' => $post['post_type'], 'post_name' => $post['post_name'], 'post_author' => $post['post_author'], 'post_password' => $post['post_password'], 'post_excerpt' => $post['post_excerpt'], 'post_content' => $post['post_content'], 'post_parent' => strval( $post['post_parent'] ), 'post_mime_type' => $post['post_mime_type'], 'link' => get_permalink( $post['ID'] ), 'guid' => $post['guid'], 'menu_order' => intval( $post['menu_order'] ), 'comment_status' => $post['comment_status'], 'ping_status' => $post['ping_status'], 'sticky' => ( 'post' === $post['post_type'] && is_sticky( $post['ID'] ) ), ); // Thumbnail. $post_fields['post_thumbnail'] = array(); $thumbnail_id = get_post_thumbnail_id( $post['ID'] ); if ( $thumbnail_id ) { $thumbnail_size = current_theme_supports( 'post-thumbnail' ) ? 'post-thumbnail' : 'thumbnail'; $post_fields['post_thumbnail'] = $this->_prepare_media_item( get_post( $thumbnail_id ), $thumbnail_size ); } // Consider future posts as published. if ( 'future' === $post_fields['post_status'] ) { $post_fields['post_status'] = 'publish'; } // Fill in blank post format. $post_fields['post_format'] = get_post_format( $post['ID'] ); if ( empty( $post_fields['post_format'] ) ) { $post_fields['post_format'] = 'standard'; } // Merge requested $post_fields fields into $_post. if ( in_array( 'post', $fields ) ) { $_post = array_merge( $_post, $post_fields ); } else { $requested_fields = array_intersect_key( $post_fields, array_flip( $fields ) ); $_post = array_merge( $_post, $requested_fields ); } $all_taxonomy_fields = in_array( 'taxonomies', $fields ); if ( $all_taxonomy_fields || in_array( 'terms', $fields ) ) { $post_type_taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( $post['post_type'], 'names' ); $terms = wp_get_object_terms( $post['ID'], $post_type_taxonomies ); $_post['terms'] = array(); foreach ( $terms as $term ) { $_post['terms'][] = $this->_prepare_term( $term ); } } if ( in_array( 'custom_fields', $fields ) ) { $_post['custom_fields'] = $this->get_custom_fields( $post['ID'] ); } if ( in_array( 'enclosure', $fields ) ) { $_post['enclosure'] = array(); $enclosures = (array) get_post_meta( $post['ID'], 'enclosure' ); if ( ! empty( $enclosures ) ) { $encdata = explode( "\n", $enclosures[0] ); $_post['enclosure']['url'] = trim( htmlspecialchars( $encdata[0] ) ); $_post['enclosure']['length'] = (int) trim( $encdata[1] ); $_post['enclosure']['type'] = trim( $encdata[2] ); } } /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared date for the given post. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_post An array of modified post data. * @param array $post An array of post data. * @param array $fields An array of post fields. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_post', $_post, $post, $fields ); } /** * Prepares post data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @since 3.4.0 * @since 4.6.0 Converted the `$post_type` parameter to accept a WP_Post_Type object. * * @param WP_Post_Type $post_type Post type object. * @param array $fields The subset of post fields to return. * @return array The prepared post type data. */ protected function _prepare_post_type( $post_type, $fields ) { $_post_type = array( 'name' => $post_type->name, 'label' => $post_type->label, 'hierarchical' => (bool) $post_type->hierarchical, 'public' => (bool) $post_type->public, 'show_ui' => (bool) $post_type->show_ui, '_builtin' => (bool) $post_type->_builtin, 'has_archive' => (bool) $post_type->has_archive, 'supports' => get_all_post_type_supports( $post_type->name ), ); if ( in_array( 'labels', $fields ) ) { $_post_type['labels'] = (array) $post_type->labels; } if ( in_array( 'cap', $fields ) ) { $_post_type['cap'] = (array) $post_type->cap; $_post_type['map_meta_cap'] = (bool) $post_type->map_meta_cap; } if ( in_array( 'menu', $fields ) ) { $_post_type['menu_position'] = (int) $post_type->menu_position; $_post_type['menu_icon'] = $post_type->menu_icon; $_post_type['show_in_menu'] = (bool) $post_type->show_in_menu; } if ( in_array( 'taxonomies', $fields ) ) { $_post_type['taxonomies'] = get_object_taxonomies( $post_type->name, 'names' ); } /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared date for the given post type. * * @since 3.4.0 * @since 4.6.0 Converted the `$post_type` parameter to accept a WP_Post_Type object. * * @param array $_post_type An array of post type data. * @param WP_Post_Type $post_type Post type object. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_post_type', $_post_type, $post_type ); } /** * Prepares media item data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param object $media_item The unprepared media item data. * @param string $thumbnail_size The image size to use for the thumbnail URL. * @return array The prepared media item data. */ protected function _prepare_media_item( $media_item, $thumbnail_size = 'thumbnail' ) { $_media_item = array( 'attachment_id' => strval( $media_item->ID ), 'date_created_gmt' => $this->_convert_date_gmt( $media_item->post_date_gmt, $media_item->post_date ), 'parent' => $media_item->post_parent, 'link' => wp_get_attachment_url( $media_item->ID ), 'title' => $media_item->post_title, 'caption' => $media_item->post_excerpt, 'description' => $media_item->post_content, 'metadata' => wp_get_attachment_metadata( $media_item->ID ), 'type' => $media_item->post_mime_type, ); $thumbnail_src = image_downsize( $media_item->ID, $thumbnail_size ); if ( $thumbnail_src ) { $_media_item['thumbnail'] = $thumbnail_src[0]; } else { $_media_item['thumbnail'] = $_media_item['link']; } /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given media item. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_media_item An array of media item data. * @param object $media_item Media item object. * @param string $thumbnail_size Image size. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_media_item', $_media_item, $media_item, $thumbnail_size ); } /** * Prepares page data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param object $page The unprepared page data. * @return array The prepared page data. */ protected function _prepare_page( $page ) { // Get all of the page content and link. $full_page = get_extended( $page->post_content ); $link = get_permalink( $page->ID ); // Get info the page parent if there is one. $parent_title = ''; if ( ! empty( $page->post_parent ) ) { $parent = get_post( $page->post_parent ); $parent_title = $parent->post_title; } // Determine comment and ping settings. $allow_comments = comments_open( $page->ID ) ? 1 : 0; $allow_pings = pings_open( $page->ID ) ? 1 : 0; // Format page date. $page_date = $this->_convert_date( $page->post_date ); $page_date_gmt = $this->_convert_date_gmt( $page->post_date_gmt, $page->post_date ); // Pull the categories info together. $categories = array(); if ( is_object_in_taxonomy( 'page', 'category' ) ) { foreach ( wp_get_post_categories( $page->ID ) as $cat_id ) { $categories[] = get_cat_name( $cat_id ); } } // Get the author info. $author = get_userdata( $page->post_author ); $page_template = get_page_template_slug( $page->ID ); if ( empty( $page_template ) ) { $page_template = 'default'; } $_page = array( 'dateCreated' => $page_date, 'userid' => $page->post_author, 'page_id' => $page->ID, 'page_status' => $page->post_status, 'description' => $full_page['main'], 'title' => $page->post_title, 'link' => $link, 'permaLink' => $link, 'categories' => $categories, 'excerpt' => $page->post_excerpt, 'text_more' => $full_page['extended'], 'mt_allow_comments' => $allow_comments, 'mt_allow_pings' => $allow_pings, 'wp_slug' => $page->post_name, 'wp_password' => $page->post_password, 'wp_author' => $author->display_name, 'wp_page_parent_id' => $page->post_parent, 'wp_page_parent_title' => $parent_title, 'wp_page_order' => $page->menu_order, 'wp_author_id' => (string) $author->ID, 'wp_author_display_name' => $author->display_name, 'date_created_gmt' => $page_date_gmt, 'custom_fields' => $this->get_custom_fields( $page->ID ), 'wp_page_template' => $page_template, ); /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given page. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_page An array of page data. * @param WP_Post $page Page object. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_page', $_page, $page ); } /** * Prepares comment data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param object $comment The unprepared comment data. * @return array The prepared comment data. */ protected function _prepare_comment( $comment ) { // Format page date. $comment_date_gmt = $this->_convert_date_gmt( $comment->comment_date_gmt, $comment->comment_date ); if ( '0' == $comment->comment_approved ) { $comment_status = 'hold'; } elseif ( 'spam' == $comment->comment_approved ) { $comment_status = 'spam'; } elseif ( '1' == $comment->comment_approved ) { $comment_status = 'approve'; } else { $comment_status = $comment->comment_approved; } $_comment = array( 'date_created_gmt' => $comment_date_gmt, 'user_id' => $comment->user_id, 'comment_id' => $comment->comment_ID, 'parent' => $comment->comment_parent, 'status' => $comment_status, 'content' => $comment->comment_content, 'link' => get_comment_link( $comment ), 'post_id' => $comment->comment_post_ID, 'post_title' => get_the_title( $comment->comment_post_ID ), 'author' => $comment->comment_author, 'author_url' => $comment->comment_author_url, 'author_email' => $comment->comment_author_email, 'author_ip' => $comment->comment_author_IP, 'type' => $comment->comment_type, ); /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given comment. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $_comment An array of prepared comment data. * @param WP_Comment $comment Comment object. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_comment', $_comment, $comment ); } /** * Prepares user data for return in an XML-RPC object. * * @param WP_User $user The unprepared user object. * @param array $fields The subset of user fields to return. * @return array The prepared user data. */ protected function _prepare_user( $user, $fields ) { $_user = array( 'user_id' => strval( $user->ID ) ); $user_fields = array( 'username' => $user->user_login, 'first_name' => $user->user_firstname, 'last_name' => $user->user_lastname, 'registered' => $this->_convert_date( $user->user_registered ), 'bio' => $user->user_description, 'email' => $user->user_email, 'nickname' => $user->nickname, 'nicename' => $user->user_nicename, 'url' => $user->user_url, 'display_name' => $user->display_name, 'roles' => $user->roles, ); if ( in_array( 'all', $fields ) ) { $_user = array_merge( $_user, $user_fields ); } else { if ( in_array( 'basic', $fields ) ) { $basic_fields = array( 'username', 'email', 'registered', 'display_name', 'nicename' ); $fields = array_merge( $fields, $basic_fields ); } $requested_fields = array_intersect_key( $user_fields, array_flip( $fields ) ); $_user = array_merge( $_user, $requested_fields ); } /** * Filters XML-RPC-prepared data for the given user. * * @since 3.5.0 * * @param array $_user An array of user data. * @param WP_User $user User object. * @param array $fields An array of user fields. */ return apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_prepare_user', $_user, $user, $fields ); } /** * Create a new post for any registered post type. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @link https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/RSS_enclosure for information on RSS enclosures. * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: top-level arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type array $content_struct { * Content struct for adding a new post. See wp_insert_post() for information on * additional post fields * * @type string $post_type Post type. Default 'post'. * @type string $post_status Post status. Default 'draft' * @type string $post_title Post title. * @type int $post_author Post author ID. * @type string $post_excerpt Post excerpt. * @type string $post_content Post content. * @type string $post_date_gmt Post date in GMT. * @type string $post_date Post date. * @type string $post_password Post password (20-character limit). * @type string $comment_status Post comment enabled status. Accepts 'open' or 'closed'. * @type string $ping_status Post ping status. Accepts 'open' or 'closed'. * @type bool $sticky Whether the post should be sticky. Automatically false if * `$post_status` is 'private'. * @type int $post_thumbnail ID of an image to use as the post thumbnail/featured image. * @type array $custom_fields Array of meta key/value pairs to add to the post. * @type array $terms Associative array with taxonomy names as keys and arrays * of term IDs as values. * @type array $terms_names Associative array with taxonomy names as keys and arrays * of term names as values. * @type array $enclosure { * Array of feed enclosure data to add to post meta. * * @type string $url URL for the feed enclosure. * @type int $length Size in bytes of the enclosure. * @type string $type Mime-type for the enclosure. * } * } * } * @return int|IXR_Error Post ID on success, IXR_Error instance otherwise. */ public function wp_newPost( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $content_struct = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } // Convert the date field back to IXR form. if ( isset( $content_struct['post_date'] ) && ! ( $content_struct['post_date'] instanceof IXR_Date ) ) { $content_struct['post_date'] = $this->_convert_date( $content_struct['post_date'] ); } /* * Ignore the existing GMT date if it is empty or a non-GMT date was supplied in $content_struct, * since _insert_post() will ignore the non-GMT date if the GMT date is set. */ if ( isset( $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] ) && ! ( $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] instanceof IXR_Date ) ) { if ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] || isset( $content_struct['post_date'] ) ) { unset( $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] ); } else { $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] = $this->_convert_date( $content_struct['post_date_gmt'] ); } } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.newPost' ); unset( $content_struct['ID'] ); return $this->_insert_post( $user, $content_struct ); } /** * Helper method for filtering out elements from an array. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $count Number to compare to one. */ private function _is_greater_than_one( $count ) { return $count > 1; } /** * Encapsulate the logic for sticking a post * and determining if the user has permission to do so * * @since 4.3.0 * * @param array $post_data * @param bool $update * @return void|IXR_Error */ private function _toggle_sticky( $post_data, $update = false ) { $post_type = get_post_type_object( $post_data['post_type'] ); // Private and password-protected posts cannot be stickied. if ( 'private' === $post_data['post_status'] || ! empty( $post_data['post_password'] ) ) { // Error if the client tried to stick the post, otherwise, silently unstick. if ( ! empty( $post_data['sticky'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you cannot stick a private post.' ) ); } if ( $update ) { unstick_post( $post_data['ID'] ); } } elseif ( isset( $post_data['sticky'] ) ) { if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_others_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to make posts sticky.' ) ); } $sticky = wp_validate_boolean( $post_data['sticky'] ); if ( $sticky ) { stick_post( $post_data['ID'] ); } else { unstick_post( $post_data['ID'] ); } } } /** * Helper method for wp_newPost() and wp_editPost(), containing shared logic. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_insert_post() * * @param WP_User $user The post author if post_author isn't set in $content_struct. * @param array|IXR_Error $content_struct Post data to insert. * @return IXR_Error|string */ protected function _insert_post( $user, $content_struct ) { $defaults = array( 'post_status' => 'draft', 'post_type' => 'post', 'post_author' => null, 'post_password' => null, 'post_excerpt' => null, 'post_content' => null, 'post_title' => null, 'post_date' => null, 'post_date_gmt' => null, 'post_format' => null, 'post_name' => null, 'post_thumbnail' => null, 'post_parent' => null, 'ping_status' => null, 'comment_status' => null, 'custom_fields' => null, 'terms_names' => null, 'terms' => null, 'sticky' => null, 'enclosure' => null, 'ID' => null, ); $post_data = wp_parse_args( array_intersect_key( $content_struct, $defaults ), $defaults ); $post_type = get_post_type_object( $post_data['post_type'] ); if ( ! $post_type ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid post type.' ) ); } $update = ! empty( $post_data['ID'] ); if ( $update ) { if ( ! get_post( $post_data['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_data['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this post.' ) ); } if ( get_post_type( $post_data['ID'] ) !== $post_data['post_type'] ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'The post type may not be changed.' ) ); } } else { if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->create_posts ) || ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to post on this site.' ) ); } } switch ( $post_data['post_status'] ) { case 'draft': case 'pending': break; case 'private': if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->publish_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to create private posts in this post type.' ) ); } break; case 'publish': case 'future': if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->publish_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to publish posts in this post type.' ) ); } break; default: if ( ! get_post_status_object( $post_data['post_status'] ) ) { $post_data['post_status'] = 'draft'; } break; } if ( ! empty( $post_data['post_password'] ) && ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->publish_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to create password protected posts in this post type.' ) ); } $post_data['post_author'] = absint( $post_data['post_author'] ); if ( ! empty( $post_data['post_author'] ) && $post_data['post_author'] != $user->ID ) { if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_others_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to create posts as this user.' ) ); } $author = get_userdata( $post_data['post_author'] ); if ( ! $author ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid author ID.' ) ); } } else { $post_data['post_author'] = $user->ID; } if ( isset( $post_data['comment_status'] ) && 'open' !== $post_data['comment_status'] && 'closed' !== $post_data['comment_status'] ) { unset( $post_data['comment_status'] ); } if ( isset( $post_data['ping_status'] ) && 'open' !== $post_data['ping_status'] && 'closed' !== $post_data['ping_status'] ) { unset( $post_data['ping_status'] ); } // Do some timestamp voodoo. if ( ! empty( $post_data['post_date_gmt'] ) ) { // We know this is supposed to be GMT, so we're going to slap that Z on there by force. $dateCreated = rtrim( $post_data['post_date_gmt']->getIso(), 'Z' ) . 'Z'; } elseif ( ! empty( $post_data['post_date'] ) ) { $dateCreated = $post_data['post_date']->getIso(); } // Default to not flagging the post date to be edited unless it's intentional. $post_data['edit_date'] = false; if ( ! empty( $dateCreated ) ) { $post_data['post_date'] = iso8601_to_datetime( $dateCreated ); $post_data['post_date_gmt'] = iso8601_to_datetime( $dateCreated, 'gmt' ); // Flag the post date to be edited. $post_data['edit_date'] = true; } if ( ! isset( $post_data['ID'] ) ) { $post_data['ID'] = get_default_post_to_edit( $post_data['post_type'], true )->ID; } $post_ID = $post_data['ID']; if ( 'post' === $post_data['post_type'] ) { $error = $this->_toggle_sticky( $post_data, $update ); if ( $error ) { return $error; } } if ( isset( $post_data['post_thumbnail'] ) ) { // Empty value deletes, non-empty value adds/updates. if ( ! $post_data['post_thumbnail'] ) { delete_post_thumbnail( $post_ID ); } elseif ( ! get_post( absint( $post_data['post_thumbnail'] ) ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid attachment ID.' ) ); } set_post_thumbnail( $post_ID, $post_data['post_thumbnail'] ); unset( $content_struct['post_thumbnail'] ); } if ( isset( $post_data['custom_fields'] ) ) { $this->set_custom_fields( $post_ID, $post_data['custom_fields'] ); } if ( isset( $post_data['terms'] ) || isset( $post_data['terms_names'] ) ) { $post_type_taxonomies = get_object_taxonomies( $post_data['post_type'], 'objects' ); // Accumulate term IDs from terms and terms_names. $terms = array(); // First validate the terms specified by ID. if ( isset( $post_data['terms'] ) && is_array( $post_data['terms'] ) ) { $taxonomies = array_keys( $post_data['terms'] ); // Validating term ids. foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) { if ( ! array_key_exists( $taxonomy, $post_type_taxonomies ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, one of the given taxonomies is not supported by the post type.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->cap->assign_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to assign a term to one of the given taxonomies.' ) ); } $term_ids = $post_data['terms'][ $taxonomy ]; $terms[ $taxonomy ] = array(); foreach ( $term_ids as $term_id ) { $term = get_term_by( 'id', $term_id, $taxonomy ); if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid term ID.' ) ); } $terms[ $taxonomy ][] = (int) $term_id; } } } // Now validate terms specified by name. if ( isset( $post_data['terms_names'] ) && is_array( $post_data['terms_names'] ) ) { $taxonomies = array_keys( $post_data['terms_names'] ); foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) { if ( ! array_key_exists( $taxonomy, $post_type_taxonomies ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, one of the given taxonomies is not supported by the post type.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->cap->assign_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to assign a term to one of the given taxonomies.' ) ); } /* * For hierarchical taxonomies, we can't assign a term when multiple terms * in the hierarchy share the same name. */ $ambiguous_terms = array(); if ( is_taxonomy_hierarchical( $taxonomy ) ) { $tax_term_names = get_terms( array( 'taxonomy' => $taxonomy, 'fields' => 'names', 'hide_empty' => false, ) ); // Count the number of terms with the same name. $tax_term_names_count = array_count_values( $tax_term_names ); // Filter out non-ambiguous term names. $ambiguous_tax_term_counts = array_filter( $tax_term_names_count, array( $this, '_is_greater_than_one' ) ); $ambiguous_terms = array_keys( $ambiguous_tax_term_counts ); } $term_names = $post_data['terms_names'][ $taxonomy ]; foreach ( $term_names as $term_name ) { if ( in_array( $term_name, $ambiguous_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Ambiguous term name used in a hierarchical taxonomy. Please use term ID instead.' ) ); } $term = get_term_by( 'name', $term_name, $taxonomy ); if ( ! $term ) { // Term doesn't exist, so check that the user is allowed to create new terms. if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type_taxonomies[ $taxonomy ]->cap->edit_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to add a term to one of the given taxonomies.' ) ); } // Create the new term. $term_info = wp_insert_term( $term_name, $taxonomy ); if ( is_wp_error( $term_info ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term_info->get_error_message() ); } $terms[ $taxonomy ][] = (int) $term_info['term_id']; } else { $terms[ $taxonomy ][] = (int) $term->term_id; } } } } $post_data['tax_input'] = $terms; unset( $post_data['terms'], $post_data['terms_names'] ); } if ( isset( $post_data['post_format'] ) ) { $format = set_post_format( $post_ID, $post_data['post_format'] ); if ( is_wp_error( $format ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $format->get_error_message() ); } unset( $post_data['post_format'] ); } // Handle enclosures. $enclosure = isset( $post_data['enclosure'] ) ? $post_data['enclosure'] : null; $this->add_enclosure_if_new( $post_ID, $enclosure ); $this->attach_uploads( $post_ID, $post_data['post_content'] ); /** * Filters post data array to be inserted via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $post_data Parsed array of post data. * @param array $content_struct Post data array. */ $post_data = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_wp_insert_post_data', $post_data, $content_struct ); $post_ID = $update ? wp_update_post( $post_data, true ) : wp_insert_post( $post_data, true ); if ( is_wp_error( $post_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $post_ID->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $post_ID ) { if ( $update ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, the post could not be updated.' ) ); } else { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, the post could not be created.' ) ); } } return strval( $post_ID ); } /** * Edit a post for any registered post type. * * The $content_struct parameter only needs to contain fields that * should be changed. All other fields will retain their existing values. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type int $post_id Post ID. * @type array $content_struct Extra content arguments. * } * @return true|IXR_Error True on success, IXR_Error on failure. */ public function wp_editPost( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 5 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_id = (int) $args[3]; $content_struct = $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.editPost' ); $post = get_post( $post_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( empty( $post['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( isset( $content_struct['if_not_modified_since'] ) ) { // If the post has been modified since the date provided, return an error. if ( mysql2date( 'U', $post['post_modified_gmt'] ) > $content_struct['if_not_modified_since']->getTimestamp() ) { return new IXR_Error( 409, __( 'There is a revision of this post that is more recent.' ) ); } } // Convert the date field back to IXR form. $post['post_date'] = $this->_convert_date( $post['post_date'] ); /* * Ignore the existing GMT date if it is empty or a non-GMT date was supplied in $content_struct, * since _insert_post() will ignore the non-GMT date if the GMT date is set. */ if ( '0000-00-00 00:00:00' === $post['post_date_gmt'] || isset( $content_struct['post_date'] ) ) { unset( $post['post_date_gmt'] ); } else { $post['post_date_gmt'] = $this->_convert_date( $post['post_date_gmt'] ); } /* * If the API client did not provide 'post_date', then we must not perpetuate the value that * was stored in the database, or it will appear to be an intentional edit. Conveying it here * as if it was coming from the API client will cause an otherwise zeroed out 'post_date_gmt' * to get set with the value that was originally stored in the database when the draft was created. */ if ( ! isset( $content_struct['post_date'] ) ) { unset( $post['post_date'] ); } $this->escape( $post ); $merged_content_struct = array_merge( $post, $content_struct ); $retval = $this->_insert_post( $user, $merged_content_struct ); if ( $retval instanceof IXR_Error ) { return $retval; } return true; } /** * Delete a post for any registered post type. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_delete_post() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type int $post_id Post ID. * } * @return true|IXR_Error True on success, IXR_Error instance on failure. */ public function wp_deletePost( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.deletePost' ); $post = get_post( $post_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( empty( $post['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'delete_post', $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to delete this post.' ) ); } $result = wp_delete_post( $post_id ); if ( ! $result ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the post could not be deleted.' ) ); } return true; } /** * Retrieve a post. * * @since 3.4.0 * * The optional $fields parameter specifies what fields will be included * in the response array. This should be a list of field names. 'post_id' will * always be included in the response regardless of the value of $fields. * * Instead of, or in addition to, individual field names, conceptual group * names can be used to specify multiple fields. The available conceptual * groups are 'post' (all basic fields), 'taxonomies', 'custom_fields', * and 'enclosure'. * * @see get_post() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type int $post_id Post ID. * @type array $fields The subset of post type fields to return. * } * @return array|IXR_Error Array contains (based on $fields parameter): * - 'post_id' * - 'post_title' * - 'post_date' * - 'post_date_gmt' * - 'post_modified' * - 'post_modified_gmt' * - 'post_status' * - 'post_type' * - 'post_name' * - 'post_author' * - 'post_password' * - 'post_excerpt' * - 'post_content' * - 'link' * - 'comment_status' * - 'ping_status' * - 'sticky' * - 'custom_fields' * - 'terms' * - 'categories' * - 'tags' * - 'enclosure' */ public function wp_getPost( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_id = (int) $args[3]; if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** * Filters the list of post query fields used by the given XML-RPC method. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $fields Array of post fields. Default array contains 'post', 'terms', and 'custom_fields'. * @param string $method Method name. */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_post_fields', array( 'post', 'terms', 'custom_fields' ), 'wp.getPost' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPost' ); $post = get_post( $post_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( empty( $post['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this post.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_post( $post, $fields ); } /** * Retrieve posts. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_get_recent_posts() * @see wp_getPost() for more on `$fields` * @see get_posts() for more on `$filter` values * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type array $filter Optional. Modifies the query used to retrieve posts. Accepts 'post_type', * 'post_status', 'number', 'offset', 'orderby', 's', and 'order'. * Default empty array. * @type array $fields Optional. The subset of post type fields to return in the response array. * } * @return array|IXR_Error Array contains a collection of posts. */ public function wp_getPosts( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $filter = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array(); if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_post_fields', array( 'post', 'terms', 'custom_fields' ), 'wp.getPosts' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPosts' ); $query = array(); if ( isset( $filter['post_type'] ) ) { $post_type = get_post_type_object( $filter['post_type'] ); if ( ! ( (bool) $post_type ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid post type.' ) ); } } else { $post_type = get_post_type_object( 'post' ); } if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit posts in this post type.' ) ); } $query['post_type'] = $post_type->name; if ( isset( $filter['post_status'] ) ) { $query['post_status'] = $filter['post_status']; } if ( isset( $filter['number'] ) ) { $query['numberposts'] = absint( $filter['number'] ); } if ( isset( $filter['offset'] ) ) { $query['offset'] = absint( $filter['offset'] ); } if ( isset( $filter['orderby'] ) ) { $query['orderby'] = $filter['orderby']; if ( isset( $filter['order'] ) ) { $query['order'] = $filter['order']; } } if ( isset( $filter['s'] ) ) { $query['s'] = $filter['s']; } $posts_list = wp_get_recent_posts( $query ); if ( ! $posts_list ) { return array(); } // Holds all the posts data. $struct = array(); foreach ( $posts_list as $post ) { if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post['ID'] ) ) { continue; } $struct[] = $this->_prepare_post( $post, $fields ); } return $struct; } /** * Create a new term. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_insert_term() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type array $content_struct Content struct for adding a new term. The struct must contain * the term 'name' and 'taxonomy'. Optional accepted values include * 'parent', 'description', and 'slug'. * } * @return int|IXR_Error The term ID on success, or an IXR_Error object on failure. */ public function wp_newTerm( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $content_struct = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.newTerm' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $content_struct['taxonomy'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $content_struct['taxonomy'] ); if ( ! current_user_can( $taxonomy->cap->edit_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to create terms in this taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = (array) $taxonomy; // Hold the data of the term. $term_data = array(); $term_data['name'] = trim( $content_struct['name'] ); if ( empty( $term_data['name'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'The term name cannot be empty.' ) ); } if ( isset( $content_struct['parent'] ) ) { if ( ! $taxonomy['hierarchical'] ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'This taxonomy is not hierarchical.' ) ); } $parent_term_id = (int) $content_struct['parent']; $parent_term = get_term( $parent_term_id, $taxonomy['name'] ); if ( is_wp_error( $parent_term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $parent_term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $parent_term ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Parent term does not exist.' ) ); } $term_data['parent'] = $content_struct['parent']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['description'] ) ) { $term_data['description'] = $content_struct['description']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['slug'] ) ) { $term_data['slug'] = $content_struct['slug']; } $term = wp_insert_term( $term_data['name'], $taxonomy['name'], $term_data ); if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the term could not be created.' ) ); } // Add term meta. if ( isset( $content_struct['custom_fields'] ) ) { $this->set_term_custom_fields( $term['term_id'], $content_struct['custom_fields'] ); } return strval( $term['term_id'] ); } /** * Edit a term. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_update_term() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type int $term_id Term ID. * @type array $content_struct Content struct for editing a term. The struct must contain the * term ''taxonomy'. Optional accepted values include 'name', 'parent', * 'description', and 'slug'. * } * @return true|IXR_Error True on success, IXR_Error instance on failure. */ public function wp_editTerm( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 5 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $term_id = (int) $args[3]; $content_struct = $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.editTerm' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $content_struct['taxonomy'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $content_struct['taxonomy'] ); $taxonomy = (array) $taxonomy; // Hold the data of the term. $term_data = array(); $term = get_term( $term_id, $content_struct['taxonomy'] ); if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid term ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_term', $term_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this term.' ) ); } if ( isset( $content_struct['name'] ) ) { $term_data['name'] = trim( $content_struct['name'] ); if ( empty( $term_data['name'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'The term name cannot be empty.' ) ); } } if ( ! empty( $content_struct['parent'] ) ) { if ( ! $taxonomy['hierarchical'] ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Cannot set parent term, taxonomy is not hierarchical.' ) ); } $parent_term_id = (int) $content_struct['parent']; $parent_term = get_term( $parent_term_id, $taxonomy['name'] ); if ( is_wp_error( $parent_term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $parent_term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $parent_term ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Parent term does not exist.' ) ); } $term_data['parent'] = $content_struct['parent']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['description'] ) ) { $term_data['description'] = $content_struct['description']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['slug'] ) ) { $term_data['slug'] = $content_struct['slug']; } $term = wp_update_term( $term_id, $taxonomy['name'], $term_data ); if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, editing the term failed.' ) ); } // Update term meta. if ( isset( $content_struct['custom_fields'] ) ) { $this->set_term_custom_fields( $term_id, $content_struct['custom_fields'] ); } return true; } /** * Delete a term. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see wp_delete_term() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type string $taxnomy_name Taxonomy name. * @type int $term_id Term ID. * } * @return bool|IXR_Error True on success, IXR_Error instance on failure. */ public function wp_deleteTerm( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 5 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $taxonomy = $args[3]; $term_id = (int) $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.deleteTerm' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy ); $term = get_term( $term_id, $taxonomy->name ); if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid term ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'delete_term', $term_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to delete this term.' ) ); } $result = wp_delete_term( $term_id, $taxonomy->name ); if ( is_wp_error( $result ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $result ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, deleting the term failed.' ) ); } return $result; } /** * Retrieve a term. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see get_term() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type string $taxnomy Taxonomy name. * @type string $term_id Term ID. * } * @return array|IXR_Error IXR_Error on failure, array on success, containing: * - 'term_id' * - 'name' * - 'slug' * - 'term_group' * - 'term_taxonomy_id' * - 'taxonomy' * - 'description' * - 'parent' * - 'count' */ public function wp_getTerm( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 5 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $taxonomy = $args[3]; $term_id = (int) $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getTerm' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy ); $term = get_term( $term_id, $taxonomy->name, ARRAY_A ); if ( is_wp_error( $term ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $term->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $term ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid term ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'assign_term', $term_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to assign this term.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_term( $term ); } /** * Retrieve all terms for a taxonomy. * * @since 3.4.0 * * The optional $filter parameter modifies the query used to retrieve terms. * Accepted keys are 'number', 'offset', 'orderby', 'order', 'hide_empty', and 'search'. * * @see get_terms() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type string $taxnomy Taxonomy name. * @type array $filter Optional. Modifies the query used to retrieve posts. Accepts 'number', * 'offset', 'orderby', 'order', 'hide_empty', and 'search'. Default empty array. * } * @return array|IXR_Error An associative array of terms data on success, IXR_Error instance otherwise. */ public function wp_getTerms( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $taxonomy = $args[3]; $filter = isset( $args[4] ) ? $args[4] : array(); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getTerms' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy ); if ( ! current_user_can( $taxonomy->cap->assign_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to assign terms in this taxonomy.' ) ); } $query = array( 'taxonomy' => $taxonomy->name ); if ( isset( $filter['number'] ) ) { $query['number'] = absint( $filter['number'] ); } if ( isset( $filter['offset'] ) ) { $query['offset'] = absint( $filter['offset'] ); } if ( isset( $filter['orderby'] ) ) { $query['orderby'] = $filter['orderby']; if ( isset( $filter['order'] ) ) { $query['order'] = $filter['order']; } } if ( isset( $filter['hide_empty'] ) ) { $query['hide_empty'] = $filter['hide_empty']; } else { $query['get'] = 'all'; } if ( isset( $filter['search'] ) ) { $query['search'] = $filter['search']; } $terms = get_terms( $query ); if ( is_wp_error( $terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $terms->get_error_message() ); } $struct = array(); foreach ( $terms as $term ) { $struct[] = $this->_prepare_term( $term ); } return $struct; } /** * Retrieve a taxonomy. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see get_taxonomy() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type string $taxnomy Taxonomy name. * @type array $fields Optional. Array of taxonomy fields to limit to in the return. * Accepts 'labels', 'cap', 'menu', and 'object_type'. * Default empty array. * } * @return array|IXR_Error An array of taxonomy data on success, IXR_Error instance otherwise. */ public function wp_getTaxonomy( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $taxonomy = $args[3]; if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** * Filters the taxonomy query fields used by the given XML-RPC method. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $fields An array of taxonomy fields to retrieve. * @param string $method The method name. */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_taxonomy_fields', array( 'labels', 'cap', 'object_type' ), 'wp.getTaxonomy' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getTaxonomy' ); if ( ! taxonomy_exists( $taxonomy ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid taxonomy.' ) ); } $taxonomy = get_taxonomy( $taxonomy ); if ( ! current_user_can( $taxonomy->cap->assign_terms ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to assign terms in this taxonomy.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_taxonomy( $taxonomy, $fields ); } /** * Retrieve all taxonomies. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see get_taxonomies() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id Blog ID (unused). * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * @type array $filter Optional. An array of arguments for retrieving taxonomies. * @type array $fields Optional. The subset of taxonomy fields to return. * } * @return array|IXR_Error An associative array of taxonomy data with returned fields determined * by `$fields`, or an IXR_Error instance on failure. */ public function wp_getTaxonomies( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $filter = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array( 'public' => true ); if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_taxonomy_fields', array( 'labels', 'cap', 'object_type' ), 'wp.getTaxonomies' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getTaxonomies' ); $taxonomies = get_taxonomies( $filter, 'objects' ); // Holds all the taxonomy data. $struct = array(); foreach ( $taxonomies as $taxonomy ) { // Capability check for post types. if ( ! current_user_can( $taxonomy->cap->assign_terms ) ) { continue; } $struct[] = $this->_prepare_taxonomy( $taxonomy, $fields ); } return $struct; } /** * Retrieve a user. * * The optional $fields parameter specifies what fields will be included * in the response array. This should be a list of field names. 'user_id' will * always be included in the response regardless of the value of $fields. * * Instead of, or in addition to, individual field names, conceptual group * names can be used to specify multiple fields. The available conceptual * groups are 'basic' and 'all'. * * @uses get_userdata() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $user_id * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error Array contains (based on $fields parameter): * - 'user_id' * - 'username' * - 'first_name' * - 'last_name' * - 'registered' * - 'bio' * - 'email' * - 'nickname' * - 'nicename' * - 'url' * - 'display_name' * - 'roles' */ public function wp_getUser( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user_id = (int) $args[3]; if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** * Filters the default user query fields used by the given XML-RPC method. * * @since 3.5.0 * * @param array $fields User query fields for given method. Default 'all'. * @param string $method The method name. */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_user_fields', array( 'all' ), 'wp.getUser' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getUser' ); if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_user', $user_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this user.' ) ); } $user_data = get_userdata( $user_id ); if ( ! $user_data ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid user ID.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_user( $user_data, $fields ); } /** * Retrieve users. * * The optional $filter parameter modifies the query used to retrieve users. * Accepted keys are 'number' (default: 50), 'offset' (default: 0), 'role', * 'who', 'orderby', and 'order'. * * The optional $fields parameter specifies what fields will be included * in the response array. * * @uses get_users() * @see wp_getUser() for more on $fields and return values * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $filter (optional) * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error users data */ public function wp_getUsers( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $filter = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array(); if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_user_fields', array( 'all' ), 'wp.getUsers' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getUsers' ); if ( ! current_user_can( 'list_users' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to list users.' ) ); } $query = array( 'fields' => 'all_with_meta' ); $query['number'] = ( isset( $filter['number'] ) ) ? absint( $filter['number'] ) : 50; $query['offset'] = ( isset( $filter['offset'] ) ) ? absint( $filter['offset'] ) : 0; if ( isset( $filter['orderby'] ) ) { $query['orderby'] = $filter['orderby']; if ( isset( $filter['order'] ) ) { $query['order'] = $filter['order']; } } if ( isset( $filter['role'] ) ) { if ( get_role( $filter['role'] ) === null ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid role.' ) ); } $query['role'] = $filter['role']; } if ( isset( $filter['who'] ) ) { $query['who'] = $filter['who']; } $users = get_users( $query ); $_users = array(); foreach ( $users as $user_data ) { if ( current_user_can( 'edit_user', $user_data->ID ) ) { $_users[] = $this->_prepare_user( $user_data, $fields ); } } return $_users; } /** * Retrieve information about the requesting user. * * @uses get_userdata() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error (@see wp_getUser) */ public function wp_getProfile( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; if ( isset( $args[3] ) ) { $fields = $args[3]; } else { /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_user_fields', array( 'all' ), 'wp.getProfile' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getProfile' ); if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_user', $user->ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit your profile.' ) ); } $user_data = get_userdata( $user->ID ); return $this->_prepare_user( $user_data, $fields ); } /** * Edit user's profile. * * @uses wp_update_user() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $content_struct It can optionally contain: * - 'first_name' * - 'last_name' * - 'website' * - 'display_name' * - 'nickname' * - 'nicename' * - 'bio' * } * @return true|IXR_Error True, on success. */ public function wp_editProfile( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $content_struct = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.editProfile' ); if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_user', $user->ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit your profile.' ) ); } // Holds data of the user. $user_data = array(); $user_data['ID'] = $user->ID; // Only set the user details if they were given. if ( isset( $content_struct['first_name'] ) ) { $user_data['first_name'] = $content_struct['first_name']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['last_name'] ) ) { $user_data['last_name'] = $content_struct['last_name']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['url'] ) ) { $user_data['user_url'] = $content_struct['url']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['display_name'] ) ) { $user_data['display_name'] = $content_struct['display_name']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['nickname'] ) ) { $user_data['nickname'] = $content_struct['nickname']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['nicename'] ) ) { $user_data['user_nicename'] = $content_struct['nicename']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['bio'] ) ) { $user_data['description'] = $content_struct['bio']; } $result = wp_update_user( $user_data ); if ( is_wp_error( $result ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $result->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $result ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the user could not be updated.' ) ); } return true; } /** * Retrieve page. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type int $page_id * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPage( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $page_id = (int) $args[1]; $username = $args[2]; $password = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } $page = get_post( $page_id ); if ( ! $page ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_page', $page_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this page.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPage' ); // If we found the page then format the data. if ( $page->ID && ( 'page' === $page->post_type ) ) { return $this->_prepare_page( $page ); } else { // If the page doesn't exist, indicate that. return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Sorry, no such page.' ) ); } } /** * Retrieve Pages. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $num_pages * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPages( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $num_pages = isset( $args[3] ) ? (int) $args[3] : 10; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_pages' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit pages.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPages' ); $pages = get_posts( array( 'post_type' => 'page', 'post_status' => 'any', 'numberposts' => $num_pages, ) ); $num_pages = count( $pages ); // If we have pages, put together their info. if ( $num_pages >= 1 ) { $pages_struct = array(); foreach ( $pages as $page ) { if ( current_user_can( 'edit_page', $page->ID ) ) { $pages_struct[] = $this->_prepare_page( $page ); } } return $pages_struct; } return array(); } /** * Create new page. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @see wp_xmlrpc_server::mw_newPost() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $content_struct * } * @return int|IXR_Error */ public function wp_newPage( $args ) { // Items not escaped here will be escaped in wp_newPost(). $username = $this->escape( $args[1] ); $password = $this->escape( $args[2] ); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.newPage' ); // Mark this as content for a page. $args[3]['post_type'] = 'page'; // Let mw_newPost() do all of the heavy lifting. return $this->mw_newPost( $args ); } /** * Delete page. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $page_id * } * @return true|IXR_Error True, if success. */ public function wp_deletePage( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $page_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.deletePage' ); // Get the current page based on the 'page_id' and // make sure it is a page and not a post. $actual_page = get_post( $page_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( ! $actual_page || ( 'page' !== $actual_page['post_type'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Sorry, no such page.' ) ); } // Make sure the user can delete pages. if ( ! current_user_can( 'delete_page', $page_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to delete this page.' ) ); } // Attempt to delete the page. $result = wp_delete_post( $page_id ); if ( ! $result ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Failed to delete the page.' ) ); } /** * Fires after a page has been successfully deleted via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $page_id ID of the deleted page. * @param array $args An array of arguments to delete the page. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_deletePage', $page_id, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase return true; } /** * Edit page. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type int $page_id * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type string $content * @type string $publish * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_editPage( $args ) { // Items will be escaped in mw_editPost(). $page_id = (int) $args[1]; $username = $args[2]; $password = $args[3]; $content = $args[4]; $publish = $args[5]; $escaped_username = $this->escape( $username ); $escaped_password = $this->escape( $password ); $user = $this->login( $escaped_username, $escaped_password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.editPage' ); // Get the page data and make sure it is a page. $actual_page = get_post( $page_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( ! $actual_page || ( 'page' !== $actual_page['post_type'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Sorry, no such page.' ) ); } // Make sure the user is allowed to edit pages. if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_page', $page_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this page.' ) ); } // Mark this as content for a page. $content['post_type'] = 'page'; // Arrange args in the way mw_editPost() understands. $args = array( $page_id, $username, $password, $content, $publish, ); // Let mw_editPost() do all of the heavy lifting. return $this->mw_editPost( $args ); } /** * Retrieve page list. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object. * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPageList( $args ) { global $wpdb; $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_pages' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit pages.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPageList' ); // Get list of page IDs and titles. $page_list = $wpdb->get_results( " SELECT ID page_id, post_title page_title, post_parent page_parent_id, post_date_gmt, post_date, post_status FROM {$wpdb->posts} WHERE post_type = 'page' ORDER BY ID " ); // The date needs to be formatted properly. $num_pages = count( $page_list ); for ( $i = 0; $i < $num_pages; $i++ ) { $page_list[ $i ]->dateCreated = $this->_convert_date( $page_list[ $i ]->post_date ); $page_list[ $i ]->date_created_gmt = $this->_convert_date_gmt( $page_list[ $i ]->post_date_gmt, $page_list[ $i ]->post_date ); unset( $page_list[ $i ]->post_date_gmt ); unset( $page_list[ $i ]->post_date ); unset( $page_list[ $i ]->post_status ); } return $page_list; } /** * Retrieve authors list. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getAuthors( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit posts.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getAuthors' ); $authors = array(); foreach ( get_users( array( 'fields' => array( 'ID', 'user_login', 'display_name' ) ) ) as $user ) { $authors[] = array( 'user_id' => $user->ID, 'user_login' => $user->user_login, 'display_name' => $user->display_name, ); } return $authors; } /** * Get list of all tags * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getTags( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you must be able to edit posts on this site in order to view tags.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getKeywords' ); $tags = array(); $all_tags = get_tags(); if ( $all_tags ) { foreach ( (array) $all_tags as $tag ) { $struct = array(); $struct['tag_id'] = $tag->term_id; $struct['name'] = $tag->name; $struct['count'] = $tag->count; $struct['slug'] = $tag->slug; $struct['html_url'] = esc_html( get_tag_link( $tag->term_id ) ); $struct['rss_url'] = esc_html( get_tag_feed_link( $tag->term_id ) ); $tags[] = $struct; } } return $tags; } /** * Create new category. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $category * } * @return int|IXR_Error Category ID. */ public function wp_newCategory( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $category = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.newCategory' ); // Make sure the user is allowed to add a category. if ( ! current_user_can( 'manage_categories' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to add a category.' ) ); } // If no slug was provided, make it empty // so that WordPress will generate one. if ( empty( $category['slug'] ) ) { $category['slug'] = ''; } // If no parent_id was provided, make it empty // so that it will be a top-level page (no parent). if ( ! isset( $category['parent_id'] ) ) { $category['parent_id'] = ''; } // If no description was provided, make it empty. if ( empty( $category['description'] ) ) { $category['description'] = ''; } $new_category = array( 'cat_name' => $category['name'], 'category_nicename' => $category['slug'], 'category_parent' => $category['parent_id'], 'category_description' => $category['description'], ); $cat_id = wp_insert_category( $new_category, true ); if ( is_wp_error( $cat_id ) ) { if ( 'term_exists' == $cat_id->get_error_code() ) { return (int) $cat_id->get_error_data(); } else { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the category could not be created.' ) ); } } elseif ( ! $cat_id ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the category could not be created.' ) ); } /** * Fires after a new category has been successfully created via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $cat_id ID of the new category. * @param array $args An array of new category arguments. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_newCategory', $cat_id, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase return $cat_id; } /** * Remove category. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $category_id * } * @return bool|IXR_Error See wp_delete_term() for return info. */ public function wp_deleteCategory( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $category_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.deleteCategory' ); if ( ! current_user_can( 'delete_term', $category_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to delete this category.' ) ); } $status = wp_delete_term( $category_id, 'category' ); if ( true == $status ) { /** * Fires after a category has been successfully deleted via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $category_id ID of the deleted category. * @param array $args An array of arguments to delete the category. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_deleteCategory', $category_id, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase } return $status; } /** * Retrieve category list. * * @since 2.2.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $category * @type int $max_results * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_suggestCategories( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $category = $args[3]; $max_results = (int) $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you must be able to edit posts on this site in order to view categories.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.suggestCategories' ); $category_suggestions = array(); $args = array( 'get' => 'all', 'number' => $max_results, 'name__like' => $category, ); foreach ( (array) get_categories( $args ) as $cat ) { $category_suggestions[] = array( 'category_id' => $cat->term_id, 'category_name' => $cat->name, ); } return $category_suggestions; } /** * Retrieve comment. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $comment_id * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getComment( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $comment_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getComment' ); $comment = get_comment( $comment_id ); if ( ! $comment ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid comment ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_comment', $comment_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to moderate or edit this comment.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_comment( $comment ); } /** * Retrieve comments. * * Besides the common blog_id (unused), username, and password arguments, it takes a filter * array as last argument. * * Accepted 'filter' keys are 'status', 'post_id', 'offset', and 'number'. * * The defaults are as follows: * - 'status' - Default is ''. Filter by status (e.g., 'approve', 'hold') * - 'post_id' - Default is ''. The post where the comment is posted. Empty string shows all comments. * - 'number' - Default is 10. Total number of media items to retrieve. * - 'offset' - Default is 0. See WP_Query::query() for more. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $struct * } * @return array|IXR_Error Contains a collection of comments. See wp_xmlrpc_server::wp_getComment() for a description of each item contents */ public function wp_getComments( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $struct = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array(); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getComments' ); if ( isset( $struct['status'] ) ) { $status = $struct['status']; } else { $status = ''; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'moderate_comments' ) && 'approve' !== $status ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Invalid comment status.' ) ); } $post_id = ''; if ( isset( $struct['post_id'] ) ) { $post_id = absint( $struct['post_id'] ); } $post_type = ''; if ( isset( $struct['post_type'] ) ) { $post_type_object = get_post_type_object( $struct['post_type'] ); if ( ! $post_type_object || ! post_type_supports( $post_type_object->name, 'comments' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post type.' ) ); } $post_type = $struct['post_type']; } $offset = 0; if ( isset( $struct['offset'] ) ) { $offset = absint( $struct['offset'] ); } $number = 10; if ( isset( $struct['number'] ) ) { $number = absint( $struct['number'] ); } $comments = get_comments( array( 'status' => $status, 'post_id' => $post_id, 'offset' => $offset, 'number' => $number, 'post_type' => $post_type, ) ); $comments_struct = array(); if ( is_array( $comments ) ) { foreach ( $comments as $comment ) { $comments_struct[] = $this->_prepare_comment( $comment ); } } return $comments_struct; } /** * Delete a comment. * * By default, the comment will be moved to the Trash instead of deleted. * See wp_delete_comment() for more information on this behavior. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $comment_ID * } * @return bool|IXR_Error See wp_delete_comment(). */ public function wp_deleteComment( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $comment_ID = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! get_comment( $comment_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid comment ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_comment', $comment_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to delete this comment.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.deleteComment' ); $status = wp_delete_comment( $comment_ID ); if ( $status ) { /** * Fires after a comment has been successfully deleted via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $comment_ID ID of the deleted comment. * @param array $args An array of arguments to delete the comment. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_deleteComment', $comment_ID, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase } return $status; } /** * Edit comment. * * Besides the common blog_id (unused), username, and password arguments, it takes a * comment_id integer and a content_struct array as last argument. * * The allowed keys in the content_struct array are: * - 'author' * - 'author_url' * - 'author_email' * - 'content' * - 'date_created_gmt' * - 'status'. Common statuses are 'approve', 'hold', 'spam'. See get_comment_statuses() for more details * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $comment_ID * @type array $content_struct * } * @return true|IXR_Error True, on success. */ public function wp_editComment( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $comment_ID = (int) $args[3]; $content_struct = $args[4]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! get_comment( $comment_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid comment ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_comment', $comment_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to moderate or edit this comment.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.editComment' ); $comment = array( 'comment_ID' => $comment_ID, ); if ( isset( $content_struct['status'] ) ) { $statuses = get_comment_statuses(); $statuses = array_keys( $statuses ); if ( ! in_array( $content_struct['status'], $statuses ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Invalid comment status.' ) ); } $comment['comment_approved'] = $content_struct['status']; } // Do some timestamp voodoo. if ( ! empty( $content_struct['date_created_gmt'] ) ) { // We know this is supposed to be GMT, so we're going to slap that Z on there by force. $dateCreated = rtrim( $content_struct['date_created_gmt']->getIso(), 'Z' ) . 'Z'; $comment['comment_date'] = get_date_from_gmt( $dateCreated ); $comment['comment_date_gmt'] = iso8601_to_datetime( $dateCreated, 'gmt' ); } if ( isset( $content_struct['content'] ) ) { $comment['comment_content'] = $content_struct['content']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['author'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author'] = $content_struct['author']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['author_url'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author_url'] = $content_struct['author_url']; } if ( isset( $content_struct['author_email'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author_email'] = $content_struct['author_email']; } $result = wp_update_comment( $comment ); if ( is_wp_error( $result ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, $result->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $result ) { return new IXR_Error( 500, __( 'Sorry, the comment could not be updated.' ) ); } /** * Fires after a comment has been successfully updated via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $comment_ID ID of the updated comment. * @param array $args An array of arguments to update the comment. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_editComment', $comment_ID, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase return true; } /** * Create new comment. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type string|int $post * @type array $content_struct * } * @return int|IXR_Error See wp_new_comment(). */ public function wp_newComment( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post = $args[3]; $content_struct = $args[4]; /** * Filters whether to allow anonymous comments over XML-RPC. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param bool $allow Whether to allow anonymous commenting via XML-RPC. * Default false. */ $allow_anon = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_allow_anonymous_comments', false ); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { $logged_in = false; if ( $allow_anon && get_option( 'comment_registration' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you must be logged in to comment.' ) ); } elseif ( ! $allow_anon ) { return $this->error; } } else { $logged_in = true; } if ( is_numeric( $post ) ) { $post_id = absint( $post ); } else { $post_id = url_to_postid( $post ); } if ( ! $post_id ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! get_post( $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! comments_open( $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, comments are closed for this item.' ) ); } if ( empty( $content_struct['content'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Comment is required.' ) ); } if ( 'publish' === get_post_status( $post_id ) && ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_id ) && post_password_required( $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to comment on this post.' ) ); } if ( 'private' === get_post_status( $post_id ) && ! current_user_can( 'read_post', $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to comment on this post.' ) ); } $comment = array( 'comment_post_ID' => $post_id, 'comment_content' => $content_struct['content'], ); if ( $logged_in ) { $display_name = $user->display_name; $user_email = $user->user_email; $user_url = $user->user_url; $comment['comment_author'] = $this->escape( $display_name ); $comment['comment_author_email'] = $this->escape( $user_email ); $comment['comment_author_url'] = $this->escape( $user_url ); $comment['user_ID'] = $user->ID; } else { $comment['comment_author'] = ''; if ( isset( $content_struct['author'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author'] = $content_struct['author']; } $comment['comment_author_email'] = ''; if ( isset( $content_struct['author_email'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author_email'] = $content_struct['author_email']; } $comment['comment_author_url'] = ''; if ( isset( $content_struct['author_url'] ) ) { $comment['comment_author_url'] = $content_struct['author_url']; } $comment['user_ID'] = 0; if ( get_option( 'require_name_email' ) ) { if ( 6 > strlen( $comment['comment_author_email'] ) || '' == $comment['comment_author'] ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Comment author name and email are required.' ) ); } elseif ( ! is_email( $comment['comment_author_email'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'A valid email address is required.' ) ); } } } $comment['comment_parent'] = isset( $content_struct['comment_parent'] ) ? absint( $content_struct['comment_parent'] ) : 0; /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.newComment' ); $comment_ID = wp_new_comment( $comment, true ); if ( is_wp_error( $comment_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, $comment_ID->get_error_message() ); } if ( ! $comment_ID ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Something went wrong.' ) ); } /** * Fires after a new comment has been successfully created via XML-RPC. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param int $comment_ID ID of the new comment. * @param array $args An array of new comment arguments. */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call_success_wp_newComment', $comment_ID, $args ); // phpcs:ignore WordPress.NamingConventions.ValidHookName.NotLowercase return $comment_ID; } /** * Retrieve all of the comment status. * * @since 2.7.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getCommentStatusList( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'publish_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details about this site.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getCommentStatusList' ); return get_comment_statuses(); } /** * Retrieve comment count. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $post_id * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getCommentCount( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } $post = get_post( $post_id, ARRAY_A ); if ( empty( $post['ID'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details of this post.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getCommentCount' ); $count = wp_count_comments( $post_id ); return array( 'approved' => $count->approved, 'awaiting_moderation' => $count->moderated, 'spam' => $count->spam, 'total_comments' => $count->total_comments, ); } /** * Retrieve post statuses. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPostStatusList( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details about this site.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPostStatusList' ); return get_post_statuses(); } /** * Retrieve page statuses. * * @since 2.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPageStatusList( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_pages' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details about this site.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPageStatusList' ); return get_page_statuses(); } /** * Retrieve page templates. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPageTemplates( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_pages' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details about this site.' ) ); } $templates = get_page_templates(); $templates['Default'] = 'default'; return $templates; } /** * Retrieve blog options. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $options * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getOptions( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $options = isset( $args[3] ) ? (array) $args[3] : array(); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } // If no specific options where asked for, return all of them. if ( count( $options ) == 0 ) { $options = array_keys( $this->blog_options ); } return $this->_getOptions( $options ); } /** * Retrieve blog options value from list. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $options Options to retrieve. * @return array */ public function _getOptions( $options ) { $data = array(); $can_manage = current_user_can( 'manage_options' ); foreach ( $options as $option ) { if ( array_key_exists( $option, $this->blog_options ) ) { $data[ $option ] = $this->blog_options[ $option ]; // Is the value static or dynamic? if ( isset( $data[ $option ]['option'] ) ) { $data[ $option ]['value'] = get_option( $data[ $option ]['option'] ); unset( $data[ $option ]['option'] ); } if ( ! $can_manage ) { $data[ $option ]['readonly'] = true; } } } return $data; } /** * Update blog options. * * @since 2.6.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $options * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_setOptions( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $options = (array) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'manage_options' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to update options.' ) ); } $option_names = array(); foreach ( $options as $o_name => $o_value ) { $option_names[] = $o_name; if ( ! array_key_exists( $o_name, $this->blog_options ) ) { continue; } if ( true == $this->blog_options[ $o_name ]['readonly'] ) { continue; } update_option( $this->blog_options[ $o_name ]['option'], wp_unslash( $o_value ) ); } // Now return the updated values. return $this->_getOptions( $option_names ); } /** * Retrieve a media item by ID * * @since 3.1.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $attachment_id * } * @return array|IXR_Error Associative array contains: * - 'date_created_gmt' * - 'parent' * - 'link' * - 'thumbnail' * - 'title' * - 'caption' * - 'description' * - 'metadata' */ public function wp_getMediaItem( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $attachment_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'upload_files' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to upload files.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getMediaItem' ); $attachment = get_post( $attachment_id ); if ( ! $attachment || 'attachment' !== $attachment->post_type ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid attachment ID.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_media_item( $attachment ); } /** * Retrieves a collection of media library items (or attachments) * * Besides the common blog_id (unused), username, and password arguments, it takes a filter * array as last argument. * * Accepted 'filter' keys are 'parent_id', 'mime_type', 'offset', and 'number'. * * The defaults are as follows: * - 'number' - Default is 5. Total number of media items to retrieve. * - 'offset' - Default is 0. See WP_Query::query() for more. * - 'parent_id' - Default is ''. The post where the media item is attached. Empty string shows all media items. 0 shows unattached media items. * - 'mime_type' - Default is ''. Filter by mime type (e.g., 'image/jpeg', 'application/pdf') * * @since 3.1.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $struct * } * @return array|IXR_Error Contains a collection of media items. See wp_xmlrpc_server::wp_getMediaItem() for a description of each item contents */ public function wp_getMediaLibrary( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $struct = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array(); $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'upload_files' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to upload files.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getMediaLibrary' ); $parent_id = ( isset( $struct['parent_id'] ) ) ? absint( $struct['parent_id'] ) : ''; $mime_type = ( isset( $struct['mime_type'] ) ) ? $struct['mime_type'] : ''; $offset = ( isset( $struct['offset'] ) ) ? absint( $struct['offset'] ) : 0; $number = ( isset( $struct['number'] ) ) ? absint( $struct['number'] ) : -1; $attachments = get_posts( array( 'post_type' => 'attachment', 'post_parent' => $parent_id, 'offset' => $offset, 'numberposts' => $number, 'post_mime_type' => $mime_type, ) ); $attachments_struct = array(); foreach ( $attachments as $attachment ) { $attachments_struct[] = $this->_prepare_media_item( $attachment ); } return $attachments_struct; } /** * Retrieves a list of post formats used by the site. * * @since 3.1.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error List of post formats, otherwise IXR_Error object. */ public function wp_getPostFormats( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access details about this site.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPostFormats' ); $formats = get_post_format_strings(); // Find out if they want a list of currently supports formats. if ( isset( $args[3] ) && is_array( $args[3] ) ) { if ( $args[3]['show-supported'] ) { if ( current_theme_supports( 'post-formats' ) ) { $supported = get_theme_support( 'post-formats' ); $data = array(); $data['all'] = $formats; $data['supported'] = $supported[0]; $formats = $data; } } } return $formats; } /** * Retrieves a post type * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see get_post_type_object() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type string $post_type_name * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error Array contains: * - 'labels' * - 'description' * - 'capability_type' * - 'cap' * - 'map_meta_cap' * - 'hierarchical' * - 'menu_position' * - 'taxonomies' * - 'supports' */ public function wp_getPostType( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_type_name = $args[3]; if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** * Filters the default query fields used by the given XML-RPC method. * * @since 3.4.0 * * @param array $fields An array of post type query fields for the given method. * @param string $method The method name. */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_posttype_fields', array( 'labels', 'cap', 'taxonomies' ), 'wp.getPostType' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPostType' ); if ( ! post_type_exists( $post_type_name ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 403, __( 'Invalid post type.' ) ); } $post_type = get_post_type_object( $post_type_name ); if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_posts ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit posts in this post type.' ) ); } return $this->_prepare_post_type( $post_type, $fields ); } /** * Retrieves a post types * * @since 3.4.0 * * @see get_post_types() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type array $filter (optional) * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function wp_getPostTypes( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $filter = isset( $args[3] ) ? $args[3] : array( 'public' => true ); if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_posttype_fields', array( 'labels', 'cap', 'taxonomies' ), 'wp.getPostTypes' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getPostTypes' ); $post_types = get_post_types( $filter, 'objects' ); $struct = array(); foreach ( $post_types as $post_type ) { if ( ! current_user_can( $post_type->cap->edit_posts ) ) { continue; } $struct[ $post_type->name ] = $this->_prepare_post_type( $post_type, $fields ); } return $struct; } /** * Retrieve revisions for a specific post. * * @since 3.5.0 * * The optional $fields parameter specifies what fields will be included * in the response array. * * @uses wp_get_post_revisions() * @see wp_getPost() for more on $fields * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $post_id * @type array $fields (optional) * } * @return array|IXR_Error contains a collection of posts. */ public function wp_getRevisions( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 4 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $post_id = (int) $args[3]; if ( isset( $args[4] ) ) { $fields = $args[4]; } else { /** * Filters the default revision query fields used by the given XML-RPC method. * * @since 3.5.0 * * @param array $field An array of revision query fields. * @param string $method The method name. */ $fields = apply_filters( 'xmlrpc_default_revision_fields', array( 'post_date', 'post_date_gmt' ), 'wp.getRevisions' ); } $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.getRevisions' ); $post = get_post( $post_id ); if ( ! $post ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_id ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit posts.' ) ); } // Check if revisions are enabled. if ( ! wp_revisions_enabled( $post ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, revisions are disabled.' ) ); } $revisions = wp_get_post_revisions( $post_id ); if ( ! $revisions ) { return array(); } $struct = array(); foreach ( $revisions as $revision ) { if ( ! current_user_can( 'read_post', $revision->ID ) ) { continue; } // Skip autosaves. if ( wp_is_post_autosave( $revision ) ) { continue; } $struct[] = $this->_prepare_post( get_object_vars( $revision ), $fields ); } return $struct; } /** * Restore a post revision * * @since 3.5.0 * * @uses wp_restore_post_revision() * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * @type int $revision_id * } * @return bool|IXR_Error false if there was an error restoring, true if success. */ public function wp_restoreRevision( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $revision_id = (int) $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'wp.restoreRevision' ); $revision = wp_get_post_revision( $revision_id ); if ( ! $revision ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( wp_is_post_autosave( $revision ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } $post = get_post( $revision->post_parent ); if ( ! $post ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $revision->post_parent ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this post.' ) ); } // Check if revisions are disabled. if ( ! wp_revisions_enabled( $post ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, revisions are disabled.' ) ); } $post = wp_restore_post_revision( $revision_id ); return (bool) $post; } /* * Blogger API functions. * Specs on http://plant.blogger.com/api and https://groups.yahoo.com/group/bloggerDev/ */ /** * Retrieve blogs that user owns. * * Will make more sense once we support multiple blogs. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function blogger_getUsersBlogs( $args ) { if ( ! $this->minimum_args( $args, 3 ) ) { return $this->error; } if ( is_multisite() ) { return $this->_multisite_getUsersBlogs( $args ); } $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'blogger.getUsersBlogs' ); $is_admin = current_user_can( 'manage_options' ); $struct = array( 'isAdmin' => $is_admin, 'url' => get_option( 'home' ) . '/', 'blogid' => '1', 'blogName' => get_option( 'blogname' ), 'xmlrpc' => site_url( 'xmlrpc.php', 'rpc' ), ); return array( $struct ); } /** * Private function for retrieving a users blogs for multisite setups * * @since 3.0.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type string $username Username. * @type string $password Password. * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ protected function _multisite_getUsersBlogs( $args ) { $current_blog = get_site(); $domain = $current_blog->domain; $path = $current_blog->path . 'xmlrpc.php'; $rpc = new IXR_Client( set_url_scheme( "http://{$domain}{$path}" ) ); $rpc->query( 'wp.getUsersBlogs', $args[1], $args[2] ); $blogs = $rpc->getResponse(); if ( isset( $blogs['faultCode'] ) ) { return new IXR_Error( $blogs['faultCode'], $blogs['faultString'] ); } if ( $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'] == $domain && $_SERVER['REQUEST_URI'] == $path ) { return $blogs; } else { foreach ( (array) $blogs as $blog ) { if ( strpos( $blog['url'], $_SERVER['HTTP_HOST'] ) ) { return array( $blog ); } } return array(); } } /** * Retrieve user's data. * * Gives your client some info about you, so you don't have to. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function blogger_getUserInfo( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $username = $args[1]; $password = $args[2]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_posts' ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to access user data on this site.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'blogger.getUserInfo' ); $struct = array( 'nickname' => $user->nickname, 'userid' => $user->ID, 'url' => $user->user_url, 'lastname' => $user->last_name, 'firstname' => $user->first_name, ); return $struct; } /** * Retrieve post. * * @since 1.5.0 * * @param array $args { * Method arguments. Note: arguments must be ordered as documented. * * @type int $blog_id (unused) * @type int $post_ID * @type string $username * @type string $password * } * @return array|IXR_Error */ public function blogger_getPost( $args ) { $this->escape( $args ); $post_ID = (int) $args[1]; $username = $args[2]; $password = $args[3]; $user = $this->login( $username, $password ); if ( ! $user ) { return $this->error; } $post_data = get_post( $post_ID, ARRAY_A ); if ( ! $post_data ) { return new IXR_Error( 404, __( 'Invalid post ID.' ) ); } if ( ! current_user_can( 'edit_post', $post_ID ) ) { return new IXR_Error( 401, __( 'Sorry, you are not allowed to edit this post.' ) ); } /** This action is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-xmlrpc-server.php */ do_action( 'xmlrpc_call', 'blogger.getPost' ); $categories = implode( ',', wp_get_post_categories( $post_ID ) ); $content = 'pre_get_posts',
'WP_Query->is_main_query()',
'is_main_query()',
__( 'https://codex.wordpress.org/Function_Reference/is_main_query' )
);
_doing_it_wrong( __FUNCTION__, $message, '3.7.0' );
}
global $wp_query;
return $wp_query->is_main_query();
}
/*
* The Loop. Post loop control.
*/
/**
* Whether current WordPress query has results to loop over.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @return bool
*/
function have_posts() {
global $wp_query;
return $wp_query->have_posts();
}
/**
* Determines whether the caller is in the Loop.
*
* For more information on this and similar theme functions, check out
* the {@link https://developer.wordpress.org/themes/basics/conditional-tags/
* Conditional Tags} article in the Theme Developer Handbook.
*
* @since 2.0.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @return bool True if caller is within loop, false if loop hasn't started or ended.
*/
function in_the_loop() {
global $wp_query;
return $wp_query->in_the_loop;
}
/**
* Rewind the loop posts.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*/
function rewind_posts() {
global $wp_query;
$wp_query->rewind_posts();
}
/**
* Iterate the post index in the loop.
*
* @since 1.5.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*/
function the_post() {
global $wp_query;
$wp_query->the_post();
}
/*
* Comments loop.
*/
/**
* Whether there are comments to loop over.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @return bool
*/
function have_comments() {
global $wp_query;
return $wp_query->have_comments();
}
/**
* Iterate comment index in the comment loop.
*
* @since 2.2.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @return object
*/
function the_comment() {
global $wp_query;
return $wp_query->the_comment();
}
/**
* Redirect old slugs to the correct permalink.
*
* Attempts to find the current slug from the past slugs.
*
* @since 2.1.0
*/
function wp_old_slug_redirect() {
if ( is_404() && '' !== get_query_var( 'name' ) ) {
// Guess the current post type based on the query vars.
if ( get_query_var( 'post_type' ) ) {
$post_type = get_query_var( 'post_type' );
} elseif ( get_query_var( 'attachment' ) ) {
$post_type = 'attachment';
} elseif ( get_query_var( 'pagename' ) ) {
$post_type = 'page';
} else {
$post_type = 'post';
}
if ( is_array( $post_type ) ) {
if ( count( $post_type ) > 1 ) {
return;
}
$post_type = reset( $post_type );
}
// Do not attempt redirect for hierarchical post types.
if ( is_post_type_hierarchical( $post_type ) ) {
return;
}
$id = _find_post_by_old_slug( $post_type );
if ( ! $id ) {
$id = _find_post_by_old_date( $post_type );
}
/**
* Filters the old slug redirect post ID.
*
* @since 4.9.3
*
* @param int $id The redirect post ID.
*/
$id = apply_filters( 'old_slug_redirect_post_id', $id );
if ( ! $id ) {
return;
}
$link = get_permalink( $id );
if ( get_query_var( 'paged' ) > 1 ) {
$link = user_trailingslashit( trailingslashit( $link ) . 'page/' . get_query_var( 'paged' ) );
} elseif ( is_embed() ) {
$link = user_trailingslashit( trailingslashit( $link ) . 'embed' );
}
/**
* Filters the old slug redirect URL.
*
* @since 4.4.0
*
* @param string $link The redirect URL.
*/
$link = apply_filters( 'old_slug_redirect_url', $link );
if ( ! $link ) {
return;
}
wp_redirect( $link, 301 ); // Permanent redirect.
exit;
}
}
/**
* Find the post ID for redirecting an old slug.
*
* @see wp_old_slug_redirect()
*
* @since 4.9.3
* @access private
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $post_type The current post type based on the query vars.
* @return int $id The Post ID.
*/
function _find_post_by_old_slug( $post_type ) {
global $wpdb;
$query = $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT post_id FROM $wpdb->postmeta, $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = post_id AND post_type = %s AND meta_key = '_wp_old_slug' AND meta_value = %s", $post_type, get_query_var( 'name' ) );
// If year, monthnum, or day have been specified, make our query more precise
// just in case there are multiple identical _wp_old_slug values.
if ( get_query_var( 'year' ) ) {
$query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND YEAR(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'year' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) ) {
$query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND MONTH(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'day' ) ) {
$query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND DAYOFMONTH(post_date) = %d', get_query_var( 'day' ) );
}
$id = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $query );
return $id;
}
/**
* Find the post ID for redirecting an old date.
*
* @see wp_old_slug_redirect()
*
* @since 4.9.3
* @access private
*
* @global wpdb $wpdb WordPress database abstraction object.
*
* @param string $post_type The current post type based on the query vars.
* @return int $id The Post ID.
*/
function _find_post_by_old_date( $post_type ) {
global $wpdb;
$date_query = '';
if ( get_query_var( 'year' ) ) {
$date_query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND YEAR(pm_date.meta_value) = %d', get_query_var( 'year' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) ) {
$date_query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND MONTH(pm_date.meta_value) = %d', get_query_var( 'monthnum' ) );
}
if ( get_query_var( 'day' ) ) {
$date_query .= $wpdb->prepare( ' AND DAYOFMONTH(pm_date.meta_value) = %d', get_query_var( 'day' ) );
}
$id = 0;
if ( $date_query ) {
$id = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT post_id FROM $wpdb->postmeta AS pm_date, $wpdb->posts WHERE ID = post_id AND post_type = %s AND meta_key = '_wp_old_date' AND post_name = %s" . $date_query, $post_type, get_query_var( 'name' ) ) );
if ( ! $id ) {
// Check to see if an old slug matches the old date.
$id = (int) $wpdb->get_var( $wpdb->prepare( "SELECT ID FROM $wpdb->posts, $wpdb->postmeta AS pm_slug, $wpdb->postmeta AS pm_date WHERE ID = pm_slug.post_id AND ID = pm_date.post_id AND post_type = %s AND pm_slug.meta_key = '_wp_old_slug' AND pm_slug.meta_value = %s AND pm_date.meta_key = '_wp_old_date'" . $date_query, $post_type, get_query_var( 'name' ) ) );
}
}
return $id;
}
/**
* Set up global post data.
*
* @since 1.5.0
* @since 4.4.0 Added the ability to pass a post ID to `$post`.
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @param WP_Post|object|int $post WP_Post instance or Post ID/object.
* @return bool True when finished.
*/
function setup_postdata( $post ) {
global $wp_query;
if ( ! empty( $wp_query ) && $wp_query instanceof WP_Query ) {
return $wp_query->setup_postdata( $post );
}
return false;
}
/**
* Generates post data.
*
* @since 5.2.0
*
* @global WP_Query $wp_query WordPress Query object.
*
* @param WP_Post|object|int $post WP_Post instance or Post ID/object.
* @return array|bool Elements of post, or false on failure.
*/
function generate_postdata( $post ) {
global $wp_query;
if ( ! empty( $wp_query ) && $wp_query instanceof WP_Query ) {
return $wp_query->generate_postdata( $post );
}
return false;
}
atomlib.php 0000666 00000027100 15213302760 0006707 0 ustar 00
* @version 0.4
* @since 2.3.0
*/
/**
* Structure that store common Atom Feed Properties
*
* @package AtomLib
*/
class AtomFeed {
/**
* Stores Links
* @var array
* @access public
*/
var $links = array();
/**
* Stores Categories
* @var array
* @access public
*/
var $categories = array();
/**
* Stores Entries
*
* @var array
* @access public
*/
var $entries = array();
}
/**
* Structure that store Atom Entry Properties
*
* @package AtomLib
*/
class AtomEntry {
/**
* Stores Links
* @var array
* @access public
*/
var $links = array();
/**
* Stores Categories
* @var array
* @access public
*/
var $categories = array();
}
/**
* AtomLib Atom Parser API
*
* @package AtomLib
*/
class AtomParser {
var $NS = 'http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom';
var $ATOM_CONTENT_ELEMENTS = array('content','summary','title','subtitle','rights');
var $ATOM_SIMPLE_ELEMENTS = array('id','updated','published','draft');
var $debug = false;
var $depth = 0;
var $indent = 2;
var $in_content;
var $ns_contexts = array();
var $ns_decls = array();
var $content_ns_decls = array();
var $content_ns_contexts = array();
var $is_xhtml = false;
var $is_html = false;
var $is_text = true;
var $skipped_div = false;
var $FILE = "php://input";
var $feed;
var $current;
/**
* PHP5 constructor.
*/
function __construct() {
$this->feed = new AtomFeed();
$this->current = null;
$this->map_attrs_func = array( __CLASS__, 'map_attrs' );
$this->map_xmlns_func = array( __CLASS__, 'map_xmlns' );
}
/**
* PHP4 constructor.
*/
public function AtomParser() {
self::__construct();
}
/**
* Map attributes to key="val"
*
* @param string $k Key
* @param string $v Value
* @return string
*/
public static function map_attrs($k, $v) {
return "$k=\"$v\"";
}
/**
* Map XML namespace to string.
*
* @param indexish $p XML Namespace element index
* @param array $n Two-element array pair. [ 0 => {namespace}, 1 => {url} ]
* @return string 'xmlns="{url}"' or 'xmlns:{namespace}="{url}"'
*/
public static function map_xmlns($p, $n) {
$xd = "xmlns";
if( 0 < strlen($n[0]) ) {
$xd .= ":{$n[0]}";
}
return "{$xd}=\"{$n[1]}\"";
}
function _p($msg) {
if($this->debug) {
print str_repeat(" ", $this->depth * $this->indent) . $msg ."\n";
}
}
function error_handler($log_level, $log_text, $error_file, $error_line) {
$this->error = $log_text;
}
function parse() {
set_error_handler(array(&$this, 'error_handler'));
array_unshift($this->ns_contexts, array());
if ( ! function_exists( 'xml_parser_create_ns' ) ) {
trigger_error( __( "PHP's XML extension is not available. Please contact your hosting provider to enable PHP's XML extension." ) );
return false;
}
$parser = xml_parser_create_ns();
xml_set_object($parser, $this);
xml_set_element_handler($parser, "start_element", "end_element");
xml_parser_set_option($parser,XML_OPTION_CASE_FOLDING,0);
xml_parser_set_option($parser,XML_OPTION_SKIP_WHITE,0);
xml_set_character_data_handler($parser, "cdata");
xml_set_default_handler($parser, "_default");
xml_set_start_namespace_decl_handler($parser, "start_ns");
xml_set_end_namespace_decl_handler($parser, "end_ns");
$this->content = '';
$ret = true;
$fp = fopen($this->FILE, "r");
while ($data = fread($fp, 4096)) {
if($this->debug) $this->content .= $data;
if(!xml_parse($parser, $data, feof($fp))) {
/* translators: 1: Error message, 2: Line number. */
trigger_error(sprintf(__('XML Error: %1$s at line %2$s')."\n",
xml_error_string(xml_get_error_code($parser)),
xml_get_current_line_number($parser)));
$ret = false;
break;
}
}
fclose($fp);
xml_parser_free($parser);
restore_error_handler();
return $ret;
}
function start_element($parser, $name, $attrs) {
$tag = array_pop(explode(":", $name));
switch($name) {
case $this->NS . ':feed':
$this->current = $this->feed;
break;
case $this->NS . ':entry':
$this->current = new AtomEntry();
break;
};
$this->_p("start_element('$name')");
#$this->_p(print_r($this->ns_contexts,true));
#$this->_p('current(' . $this->current . ')');
array_unshift($this->ns_contexts, $this->ns_decls);
$this->depth++;
if(!empty($this->in_content)) {
$this->content_ns_decls = array();
if($this->is_html || $this->is_text)
trigger_error("Invalid content in element found. Content must not be of type text or html if it contains markup.");
$attrs_prefix = array();
// resolve prefixes for attributes
foreach($attrs as $key => $value) {
$with_prefix = $this->ns_to_prefix($key, true);
$attrs_prefix[$with_prefix[1]] = $this->xml_escape($value);
}
$attrs_str = join(' ', array_map($this->map_attrs_func, array_keys($attrs_prefix), array_values($attrs_prefix)));
if(strlen($attrs_str) > 0) {
$attrs_str = " " . $attrs_str;
}
$with_prefix = $this->ns_to_prefix($name);
if(!$this->is_declared_content_ns($with_prefix[0])) {
array_push($this->content_ns_decls, $with_prefix[0]);
}
$xmlns_str = '';
if(count($this->content_ns_decls) > 0) {
array_unshift($this->content_ns_contexts, $this->content_ns_decls);
$xmlns_str .= join(' ', array_map($this->map_xmlns_func, array_keys($this->content_ns_contexts[0]), array_values($this->content_ns_contexts[0])));
if(strlen($xmlns_str) > 0) {
$xmlns_str = " " . $xmlns_str;
}
}
array_push($this->in_content, array($tag, $this->depth, "<". $with_prefix[1] ."{$xmlns_str}{$attrs_str}" . ">"));
} else if(in_array($tag, $this->ATOM_CONTENT_ELEMENTS) || in_array($tag, $this->ATOM_SIMPLE_ELEMENTS)) {
$this->in_content = array();
$this->is_xhtml = $attrs['type'] == 'xhtml';
$this->is_html = $attrs['type'] == 'html' || $attrs['type'] == 'text/html';
$this->is_text = !in_array('type',array_keys($attrs)) || $attrs['type'] == 'text';
$type = $this->is_xhtml ? 'XHTML' : ($this->is_html ? 'HTML' : ($this->is_text ? 'TEXT' : $attrs['type']));
if(in_array('src',array_keys($attrs))) {
$this->current->$tag = $attrs;
} else {
array_push($this->in_content, array($tag,$this->depth, $type));
}
} else if($tag == 'link') {
array_push($this->current->links, $attrs);
} else if($tag == 'category') {
array_push($this->current->categories, $attrs);
}
$this->ns_decls = array();
}
function end_element($parser, $name) {
$tag = array_pop(explode(":", $name));
$ccount = count($this->in_content);
# if we are *in* content, then let's proceed to serialize it
if(!empty($this->in_content)) {
# if we are ending the original content element
# then let's finalize the content
if($this->in_content[0][0] == $tag &&
$this->in_content[0][1] == $this->depth) {
$origtype = $this->in_content[0][2];
array_shift($this->in_content);
$newcontent = array();
foreach($this->in_content as $c) {
if(count($c) == 3) {
array_push($newcontent, $c[2]);
} else {
if($this->is_xhtml || $this->is_text) {
array_push($newcontent, $this->xml_escape($c));
} else {
array_push($newcontent, $c);
}
}
}
if(in_array($tag, $this->ATOM_CONTENT_ELEMENTS)) {
$this->current->$tag = array($origtype, join('',$newcontent));
} else {
$this->current->$tag = join('',$newcontent);
}
$this->in_content = array();
} else if($this->in_content[$ccount-1][0] == $tag &&
$this->in_content[$ccount-1][1] == $this->depth) {
$this->in_content[$ccount-1][2] = substr($this->in_content[$ccount-1][2],0,-1) . "/>";
} else {
# else, just finalize the current element's content
$endtag = $this->ns_to_prefix($name);
array_push($this->in_content, array($tag, $this->depth, "$endtag[1]>"));
}
}
array_shift($this->ns_contexts);
$this->depth--;
if($name == ($this->NS . ':entry')) {
array_push($this->feed->entries, $this->current);
$this->current = null;
}
$this->_p("end_element('$name')");
}
function start_ns($parser, $prefix, $uri) {
$this->_p("starting: " . $prefix . ":" . $uri);
array_push($this->ns_decls, array($prefix,$uri));
}
function end_ns($parser, $prefix) {
$this->_p("ending: #" . $prefix . "#");
}
function cdata($parser, $data) {
$this->_p("data: #" . str_replace(array("\n"), array("\\n"), trim($data)) . "#");
if(!empty($this->in_content)) {
array_push($this->in_content, $data);
}
}
function _default($parser, $data) {
# when does this gets called?
}
function ns_to_prefix($qname, $attr=false) {
# split 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:div' into ('http','//www.w3.org/1999/xhtml','div')
$components = explode(":", $qname);
# grab the last one (e.g 'div')
$name = array_pop($components);
if(!empty($components)) {
# re-join back the namespace component
$ns = join(":",$components);
foreach($this->ns_contexts as $context) {
foreach($context as $mapping) {
if($mapping[1] == $ns && strlen($mapping[0]) > 0) {
return array($mapping, "$mapping[0]:$name");
}
}
}
}
if($attr) {
return array(null, $name);
} else {
foreach($this->ns_contexts as $context) {
foreach($context as $mapping) {
if(strlen($mapping[0]) == 0) {
return array($mapping, $name);
}
}
}
}
}
function is_declared_content_ns($new_mapping) {
foreach($this->content_ns_contexts as $context) {
foreach($context as $mapping) {
if($new_mapping == $mapping) {
return true;
}
}
}
return false;
}
function xml_escape($string)
{
return str_replace(array('&','"',"'",'<','>'),
array('&','"',''','<','>'),
$string );
}
}
class-wp-image-editor-imagick.php 0000666 00000056474 15213302760 0012777 0 ustar 00 image instanceof Imagick ) {
// We don't need the original in memory anymore.
$this->image->clear();
$this->image->destroy();
}
}
/**
* Checks to see if current environment supports Imagick.
*
* We require Imagick 2.2.0 or greater, based on whether the queryFormats()
* method can be called statically.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param array $args
* @return bool
*/
public static function test( $args = array() ) {
// First, test Imagick's extension and classes.
if ( ! extension_loaded( 'imagick' ) || ! class_exists( 'Imagick', false ) || ! class_exists( 'ImagickPixel', false ) ) {
return false;
}
if ( version_compare( phpversion( 'imagick' ), '2.2.0', '<' ) ) {
return false;
}
$required_methods = array(
'clear',
'destroy',
'valid',
'getimage',
'writeimage',
'getimageblob',
'getimagegeometry',
'getimageformat',
'setimageformat',
'setimagecompression',
'setimagecompressionquality',
'setimagepage',
'setoption',
'scaleimage',
'cropimage',
'rotateimage',
'flipimage',
'flopimage',
'readimage',
);
// Now, test for deep requirements within Imagick.
if ( ! defined( 'imagick::COMPRESSION_JPEG' ) ) {
return false;
}
$class_methods = array_map( 'strtolower', get_class_methods( 'Imagick' ) );
if ( array_diff( $required_methods, $class_methods ) ) {
return false;
}
return true;
}
/**
* Checks to see if editor supports the mime-type specified.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string $mime_type
* @return bool
*/
public static function supports_mime_type( $mime_type ) {
$imagick_extension = strtoupper( self::get_extension( $mime_type ) );
if ( ! $imagick_extension ) {
return false;
}
// setIteratorIndex is optional unless mime is an animated format.
// Here, we just say no if you are missing it and aren't loading a jpeg.
if ( ! method_exists( 'Imagick', 'setIteratorIndex' ) && 'image/jpeg' !== $mime_type ) {
return false;
}
try {
// phpcs:ignore WordPress.PHP.NoSilencedErrors.Discouraged
return ( (bool) @Imagick::queryFormats( $imagick_extension ) );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return false;
}
}
/**
* Loads image from $this->file into new Imagick Object.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @return true|WP_Error True if loaded; WP_Error on failure.
*/
public function load() {
if ( $this->image instanceof Imagick ) {
return true;
}
if ( ! is_file( $this->file ) && ! preg_match( '|^https?://|', $this->file ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'error_loading_image', __( 'File doesn’t exist?' ), $this->file );
}
/*
* Even though Imagick uses less PHP memory than GD, set higher limit
* for users that have low PHP.ini limits.
*/
wp_raise_memory_limit( 'image' );
try {
$this->image = new Imagick();
$file_extension = strtolower( pathinfo( $this->file, PATHINFO_EXTENSION ) );
$filename = $this->file;
if ( 'pdf' === $file_extension ) {
$filename = $this->pdf_setup();
}
// Reading image after Imagick instantiation because `setResolution`
// only applies correctly before the image is read.
$this->image->readImage( $filename );
if ( ! $this->image->valid() ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_image', __( 'File is not an image.' ), $this->file );
}
// Select the first frame to handle animated images properly.
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setIteratorIndex' ) ) ) {
$this->image->setIteratorIndex( 0 );
}
$this->mime_type = $this->get_mime_type( $this->image->getImageFormat() );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_image', $e->getMessage(), $this->file );
}
$updated_size = $this->update_size();
if ( is_wp_error( $updated_size ) ) {
return $updated_size;
}
return $this->set_quality();
}
/**
* Sets Image Compression quality on a 1-100% scale.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param int $quality Compression Quality. Range: [1,100]
* @return true|WP_Error True if set successfully; WP_Error on failure.
*/
public function set_quality( $quality = null ) {
$quality_result = parent::set_quality( $quality );
if ( is_wp_error( $quality_result ) ) {
return $quality_result;
} else {
$quality = $this->get_quality();
}
try {
if ( 'image/jpeg' === $this->mime_type ) {
$this->image->setImageCompressionQuality( $quality );
$this->image->setImageCompression( imagick::COMPRESSION_JPEG );
} else {
$this->image->setImageCompressionQuality( $quality );
}
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_quality_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return true;
}
/**
* Sets or updates current image size.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param int $width
* @param int $height
*
* @return true|WP_Error
*/
protected function update_size( $width = null, $height = null ) {
$size = null;
if ( ! $width || ! $height ) {
try {
$size = $this->image->getImageGeometry();
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'invalid_image', __( 'Could not read image size.' ), $this->file );
}
}
if ( ! $width ) {
$width = $size['width'];
}
if ( ! $height ) {
$height = $size['height'];
}
return parent::update_size( $width, $height );
}
/**
* Resizes current image.
*
* At minimum, either a height or width must be provided.
* If one of the two is set to null, the resize will
* maintain aspect ratio according to the provided dimension.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param int|null $max_w Image width.
* @param int|null $max_h Image height.
* @param bool $crop
* @return bool|WP_Error
*/
public function resize( $max_w, $max_h, $crop = false ) {
if ( ( $this->size['width'] == $max_w ) && ( $this->size['height'] == $max_h ) ) {
return true;
}
$dims = image_resize_dimensions( $this->size['width'], $this->size['height'], $max_w, $max_h, $crop );
if ( ! $dims ) {
return new WP_Error( 'error_getting_dimensions', __( 'Could not calculate resized image dimensions' ) );
}
list( $dst_x, $dst_y, $src_x, $src_y, $dst_w, $dst_h, $src_w, $src_h ) = $dims;
if ( $crop ) {
return $this->crop( $src_x, $src_y, $src_w, $src_h, $dst_w, $dst_h );
}
// Execute the resize.
$thumb_result = $this->thumbnail_image( $dst_w, $dst_h );
if ( is_wp_error( $thumb_result ) ) {
return $thumb_result;
}
return $this->update_size( $dst_w, $dst_h );
}
/**
* Efficiently resize the current image
*
* This is a WordPress specific implementation of Imagick::thumbnailImage(),
* which resizes an image to given dimensions and removes any associated profiles.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param int $dst_w The destination width.
* @param int $dst_h The destination height.
* @param string $filter_name Optional. The Imagick filter to use when resizing. Default 'FILTER_TRIANGLE'.
* @param bool $strip_meta Optional. Strip all profiles, excluding color profiles, from the image. Default true.
* @return bool|WP_Error
*/
protected function thumbnail_image( $dst_w, $dst_h, $filter_name = 'FILTER_TRIANGLE', $strip_meta = true ) {
$allowed_filters = array(
'FILTER_POINT',
'FILTER_BOX',
'FILTER_TRIANGLE',
'FILTER_HERMITE',
'FILTER_HANNING',
'FILTER_HAMMING',
'FILTER_BLACKMAN',
'FILTER_GAUSSIAN',
'FILTER_QUADRATIC',
'FILTER_CUBIC',
'FILTER_CATROM',
'FILTER_MITCHELL',
'FILTER_LANCZOS',
'FILTER_BESSEL',
'FILTER_SINC',
);
/**
* Set the filter value if '$filter_name' name is in our whitelist and the related
* Imagick constant is defined or fall back to our default filter.
*/
if ( in_array( $filter_name, $allowed_filters, true ) && defined( 'Imagick::' . $filter_name ) ) {
$filter = constant( 'Imagick::' . $filter_name );
} else {
$filter = defined( 'Imagick::FILTER_TRIANGLE' ) ? Imagick::FILTER_TRIANGLE : false;
}
/**
* Filters whether to strip metadata from images when they're resized.
*
* This filter only applies when resizing using the Imagick editor since GD
* always strips profiles by default.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @param bool $strip_meta Whether to strip image metadata during resizing. Default true.
*/
if ( apply_filters( 'image_strip_meta', $strip_meta ) ) {
$this->strip_meta(); // Fail silently if not supported.
}
try {
/*
* To be more efficient, resample large images to 5x the destination size before resizing
* whenever the output size is less that 1/3 of the original image size (1/3^2 ~= .111),
* unless we would be resampling to a scale smaller than 128x128.
*/
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'sampleImage' ) ) ) {
$resize_ratio = ( $dst_w / $this->size['width'] ) * ( $dst_h / $this->size['height'] );
$sample_factor = 5;
if ( $resize_ratio < .111 && ( $dst_w * $sample_factor > 128 && $dst_h * $sample_factor > 128 ) ) {
$this->image->sampleImage( $dst_w * $sample_factor, $dst_h * $sample_factor );
}
}
/*
* Use resizeImage() when it's available and a valid filter value is set.
* Otherwise, fall back to the scaleImage() method for resizing, which
* results in better image quality over resizeImage() with default filter
* settings and retains backward compatibility with pre 4.5 functionality.
*/
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'resizeImage' ) ) && $filter ) {
$this->image->setOption( 'filter:support', '2.0' );
$this->image->resizeImage( $dst_w, $dst_h, $filter, 1 );
} else {
$this->image->scaleImage( $dst_w, $dst_h );
}
// Set appropriate quality settings after resizing.
if ( 'image/jpeg' === $this->mime_type ) {
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'unsharpMaskImage' ) ) ) {
$this->image->unsharpMaskImage( 0.25, 0.25, 8, 0.065 );
}
$this->image->setOption( 'jpeg:fancy-upsampling', 'off' );
}
if ( 'image/png' === $this->mime_type ) {
$this->image->setOption( 'png:compression-filter', '5' );
$this->image->setOption( 'png:compression-level', '9' );
$this->image->setOption( 'png:compression-strategy', '1' );
$this->image->setOption( 'png:exclude-chunk', 'all' );
}
/*
* If alpha channel is not defined, set it opaque.
*
* Note that Imagick::getImageAlphaChannel() is only available if Imagick
* has been compiled against ImageMagick version 6.4.0 or newer.
*/
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'getImageAlphaChannel' ) )
&& is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setImageAlphaChannel' ) )
&& defined( 'Imagick::ALPHACHANNEL_UNDEFINED' )
&& defined( 'Imagick::ALPHACHANNEL_OPAQUE' )
) {
if ( $this->image->getImageAlphaChannel() === Imagick::ALPHACHANNEL_UNDEFINED ) {
$this->image->setImageAlphaChannel( Imagick::ALPHACHANNEL_OPAQUE );
}
}
// Limit the bit depth of resized images to 8 bits per channel.
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'getImageDepth' ) ) && is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setImageDepth' ) ) ) {
if ( 8 < $this->image->getImageDepth() ) {
$this->image->setImageDepth( 8 );
}
}
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setInterlaceScheme' ) ) && defined( 'Imagick::INTERLACE_NO' ) ) {
$this->image->setInterlaceScheme( Imagick::INTERLACE_NO );
}
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_resize_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
}
/**
* Create multiple smaller images from a single source.
*
* Attempts to create all sub-sizes and returns the meta data at the end. This
* may result in the server running out of resources. When it fails there may be few
* "orphaned" images left over as the meta data is never returned and saved.
*
* As of 5.3.0 the preferred way to do this is with `make_subsize()`. It creates
* the new images one at a time and allows for the meta data to be saved after
* each new image is created.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param array $sizes {
* An array of image size data arrays.
*
* Either a height or width must be provided.
* If one of the two is set to null, the resize will
* maintain aspect ratio according to the provided dimension.
*
* @type array $size {
* Array of height, width values, and whether to crop.
*
* @type int $width Image width. Optional if `$height` is specified.
* @type int $height Image height. Optional if `$width` is specified.
* @type bool $crop Optional. Whether to crop the image. Default false.
* }
* }
* @return array An array of resized images' metadata by size.
*/
public function multi_resize( $sizes ) {
$metadata = array();
foreach ( $sizes as $size => $size_data ) {
$meta = $this->make_subsize( $size_data );
if ( ! is_wp_error( $meta ) ) {
$metadata[ $size ] = $meta;
}
}
return $metadata;
}
/**
* Create an image sub-size and return the image meta data value for it.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @param array $size_data {
* Array of size data.
*
* @type int $width The maximum width in pixels.
* @type int $height The maximum height in pixels.
* @type bool $crop Whether to crop the image to exact dimensions.
* }
* @return array|WP_Error The image data array for inclusion in the `sizes` array in the image meta,
* WP_Error object on error.
*/
public function make_subsize( $size_data ) {
if ( ! isset( $size_data['width'] ) && ! isset( $size_data['height'] ) ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_subsize_create_error', __( 'Cannot resize the image. Both width and height are not set.' ) );
}
$orig_size = $this->size;
$orig_image = $this->image->getImage();
if ( ! isset( $size_data['width'] ) ) {
$size_data['width'] = null;
}
if ( ! isset( $size_data['height'] ) ) {
$size_data['height'] = null;
}
if ( ! isset( $size_data['crop'] ) ) {
$size_data['crop'] = false;
}
$resized = $this->resize( $size_data['width'], $size_data['height'], $size_data['crop'] );
if ( is_wp_error( $resized ) ) {
$saved = $resized;
} else {
$saved = $this->_save( $this->image );
$this->image->clear();
$this->image->destroy();
$this->image = null;
}
$this->size = $orig_size;
$this->image = $orig_image;
if ( ! is_wp_error( $saved ) ) {
unset( $saved['path'] );
}
return $saved;
}
/**
* Crops Image.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param int $src_x The start x position to crop from.
* @param int $src_y The start y position to crop from.
* @param int $src_w The width to crop.
* @param int $src_h The height to crop.
* @param int $dst_w Optional. The destination width.
* @param int $dst_h Optional. The destination height.
* @param bool $src_abs Optional. If the source crop points are absolute.
* @return bool|WP_Error
*/
public function crop( $src_x, $src_y, $src_w, $src_h, $dst_w = null, $dst_h = null, $src_abs = false ) {
if ( $src_abs ) {
$src_w -= $src_x;
$src_h -= $src_y;
}
try {
$this->image->cropImage( $src_w, $src_h, $src_x, $src_y );
$this->image->setImagePage( $src_w, $src_h, 0, 0 );
if ( $dst_w || $dst_h ) {
// If destination width/height isn't specified,
// use same as width/height from source.
if ( ! $dst_w ) {
$dst_w = $src_w;
}
if ( ! $dst_h ) {
$dst_h = $src_h;
}
$thumb_result = $this->thumbnail_image( $dst_w, $dst_h );
if ( is_wp_error( $thumb_result ) ) {
return $thumb_result;
}
return $this->update_size();
}
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_crop_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return $this->update_size();
}
/**
* Rotates current image counter-clockwise by $angle.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param float $angle
* @return true|WP_Error
*/
public function rotate( $angle ) {
/**
* $angle is 360-$angle because Imagick rotates clockwise
* (GD rotates counter-clockwise)
*/
try {
$this->image->rotateImage( new ImagickPixel( 'none' ), 360 - $angle );
// Normalise EXIF orientation data so that display is consistent across devices.
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setImageOrientation' ) ) && defined( 'Imagick::ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT' ) ) {
$this->image->setImageOrientation( Imagick::ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT );
}
// Since this changes the dimensions of the image, update the size.
$result = $this->update_size();
if ( is_wp_error( $result ) ) {
return $result;
}
$this->image->setImagePage( $this->size['width'], $this->size['height'], 0, 0 );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_rotate_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return true;
}
/**
* Flips current image.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param bool $horz Flip along Horizontal Axis
* @param bool $vert Flip along Vertical Axis
* @return true|WP_Error
*/
public function flip( $horz, $vert ) {
try {
if ( $horz ) {
$this->image->flipImage();
}
if ( $vert ) {
$this->image->flopImage();
}
// Normalise EXIF orientation data so that display is consistent across devices.
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setImageOrientation' ) ) && defined( 'Imagick::ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT' ) ) {
$this->image->setImageOrientation( Imagick::ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT );
}
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_flip_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return true;
}
/**
* Check if a JPEG image has EXIF Orientation tag and rotate it if needed.
*
* As ImageMagick copies the EXIF data to the flipped/rotated image, proceed only
* if EXIF Orientation can be reset afterwards.
*
* @since 5.3.0
*
* @return bool|WP_Error True if the image was rotated. False if no EXIF data or if the image doesn't need rotation.
* WP_Error if error while rotating.
*/
public function maybe_exif_rotate() {
if ( is_callable( array( $this->image, 'setImageOrientation' ) ) && defined( 'Imagick::ORIENTATION_TOPLEFT' ) ) {
return parent::maybe_exif_rotate();
} else {
return new WP_Error( 'write_exif_error', __( 'The image cannot be rotated because the embedded meta data cannot be updated.' ) );
}
}
/**
* Saves current image to file.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string $destfilename
* @param string $mime_type
* @return array|WP_Error {'path'=>string, 'file'=>string, 'width'=>int, 'height'=>int, 'mime-type'=>string}
*/
public function save( $destfilename = null, $mime_type = null ) {
$saved = $this->_save( $this->image, $destfilename, $mime_type );
if ( ! is_wp_error( $saved ) ) {
$this->file = $saved['path'];
$this->mime_type = $saved['mime-type'];
try {
$this->image->setImageFormat( strtoupper( $this->get_extension( $this->mime_type ) ) );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_save_error', $e->getMessage(), $this->file );
}
}
return $saved;
}
/**
* @param Imagick $image
* @param string $filename
* @param string $mime_type
* @return array|WP_Error
*/
protected function _save( $image, $filename = null, $mime_type = null ) {
list( $filename, $extension, $mime_type ) = $this->get_output_format( $filename, $mime_type );
if ( ! $filename ) {
$filename = $this->generate_filename( null, null, $extension );
}
try {
// Store initial format.
$orig_format = $this->image->getImageFormat();
$this->image->setImageFormat( strtoupper( $this->get_extension( $mime_type ) ) );
$this->make_image( $filename, array( $image, 'writeImage' ), array( $filename ) );
// Reset original format.
$this->image->setImageFormat( $orig_format );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_save_error', $e->getMessage(), $filename );
}
// Set correct file permissions.
$stat = stat( dirname( $filename ) );
$perms = $stat['mode'] & 0000666; // Same permissions as parent folder, strip off the executable bits.
chmod( $filename, $perms );
return array(
'path' => $filename,
/** This filter is documented in wp-includes/class-wp-image-editor-gd.php */
'file' => wp_basename( apply_filters( 'image_make_intermediate_size', $filename ) ),
'width' => $this->size['width'],
'height' => $this->size['height'],
'mime-type' => $mime_type,
);
}
/**
* Streams current image to browser.
*
* @since 3.5.0
*
* @param string $mime_type The mime type of the image.
* @return bool|WP_Error True on success, WP_Error object on failure.
*/
public function stream( $mime_type = null ) {
list( $filename, $extension, $mime_type ) = $this->get_output_format( null, $mime_type );
try {
// Temporarily change format for stream.
$this->image->setImageFormat( strtoupper( $extension ) );
// Output stream of image content.
header( "Content-Type: $mime_type" );
print $this->image->getImageBlob();
// Reset image to original format.
$this->image->setImageFormat( $this->get_extension( $this->mime_type ) );
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_stream_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return true;
}
/**
* Strips all image meta except color profiles from an image.
*
* @since 4.5.0
*
* @return true|WP_Error True if stripping metadata was successful. WP_Error object on error.
*/
protected function strip_meta() {
if ( ! is_callable( array( $this->image, 'getImageProfiles' ) ) ) {
/* translators: %s: ImageMagick method name. */
return new WP_Error( 'image_strip_meta_error', sprintf( __( '%s is required to strip image meta.' ), 'Imagick::getImageProfiles()' ) );
}
if ( ! is_callable( array( $this->image, 'removeImageProfile' ) ) ) {
/* translators: %s: ImageMagick method name. */
return new WP_Error( 'image_strip_meta_error', sprintf( __( '%s is required to strip image meta.' ), 'Imagick::removeImageProfile()' ) );
}
/*
* Protect a few profiles from being stripped for the following reasons:
*
* - icc: Color profile information
* - icm: Color profile information
* - iptc: Copyright data
* - exif: Orientation data
* - xmp: Rights usage data
*/
$protected_profiles = array(
'icc',
'icm',
'iptc',
'exif',
'xmp',
);
try {
// Strip profiles.
foreach ( $this->image->getImageProfiles( '*', true ) as $key => $value ) {
if ( ! in_array( $key, $protected_profiles, true ) ) {
$this->image->removeImageProfile( $key );
}
}
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'image_strip_meta_error', $e->getMessage() );
}
return true;
}
/**
* Sets up Imagick for PDF processing.
* Increases rendering DPI and only loads first page.
*
* @since 4.7.0
*
* @return string|WP_Error File to load or WP_Error on failure.
*/
protected function pdf_setup() {
try {
// By default, PDFs are rendered in a very low resolution.
// We want the thumbnail to be readable, so increase the rendering DPI.
$this->image->setResolution( 128, 128 );
// When generating thumbnails from cropped PDF pages, Imagemagick uses the uncropped
// area (resulting in unnecessary whitespace) unless the following option is set.
$this->image->setOption( 'pdf:use-cropbox', true );
// Only load the first page.
return $this->file . '[0]';
} catch ( Exception $e ) {
return new WP_Error( 'pdf_setup_failed', $e->getMessage(), $this->file );
}
}
}
class-walker-nav-menu.php 0000666 00000020712 15213302760 0011376 0 ustar 00 'menu_item_parent',
'id' => 'db_id',
);
/**
* Starts the list before the elements are added.
*
* @since 3.0.0
*
* @see Walker::start_lvl()
*
* @param string $output Used to append additional content (passed by reference).
* @param int $depth Depth of menu item. Used for padding.
* @param stdClass $args An object of wp_nav_menu() arguments.
*/
public function start_lvl( &$output, $depth = 0, $args = null ) {
if ( isset( $args->item_spacing ) && 'discard' === $args->item_spacing ) {
$t = '';
$n = '';
} else {
$t = "\t";
$n = "\n";
}
$indent = str_repeat( $t, $depth );
// Default class.
$classes = array( 'sub-menu' );
/**
* Filters the CSS class(es) applied to a menu list element.
*
* @since 4.8.0
*
* @param string[] $classes Array of the CSS classes that are applied to the menu `' . __( 'You appear to have already installed WordPress. To reinstall please clear your old database tables first.' ) . '